elf32-m68k.c revision 1.1.1.7 1 1.1 skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
2 1.1.1.6 christos Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 skrll
4 1.1 skrll This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
5 1.1 skrll
6 1.1 skrll This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 1.1 skrll (at your option) any later version.
10 1.1 skrll
11 1.1 skrll This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
15 1.1 skrll
16 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 1.1 skrll along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 1.1 skrll Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 1.1 skrll MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20 1.1 skrll
21 1.1 skrll #include "sysdep.h"
22 1.1 skrll #include "bfd.h"
23 1.1 skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
24 1.1 skrll #include "libbfd.h"
25 1.1 skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
26 1.1 skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
27 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
28 1.1 skrll
29 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
30 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
31 1.1 skrll
32 1.1.1.3 christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
33 1.1.1.3 christos {
34 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_NONE, 0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE", FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
35 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_32, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
36 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_16, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
37 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_8, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
38 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PC32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
39 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PC16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
40 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PC8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
41 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
42 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
43 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
44 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
45 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
46 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
47 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32, 0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
48 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16, 0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
49 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8, 0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
50 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
51 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O, 0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O", FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
52 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O, 0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O", FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
53 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_COPY, 0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
54 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
55 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
56 1.1.1.6 christos HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE, 0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE", FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
57 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
58 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT, /* type */
59 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
60 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
61 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
62 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
63 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
64 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
65 1.1 skrll NULL, /* special_function */
66 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
67 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
68 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
69 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
70 1.1 skrll FALSE),
71 1.1 skrll /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
72 1.1 skrll HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY, /* type */
73 1.1 skrll 0, /* rightshift */
74 1.1 skrll 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
75 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitsize */
76 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* pc_relative */
77 1.1 skrll 0, /* bitpos */
78 1.1 skrll complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
79 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
80 1.1 skrll "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY", /* name */
81 1.1 skrll FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
82 1.1 skrll 0, /* src_mask */
83 1.1 skrll 0, /* dst_mask */
84 1.1 skrll FALSE),
85 1.1.1.2 christos
86 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS general dynamic variable reference. */
87 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32, /* type */
88 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
89 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
90 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
91 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
92 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
93 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
94 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
95 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD32", /* name */
96 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
97 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
98 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
99 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
100 1.1.1.2 christos
101 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16, /* type */
102 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
103 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
104 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
105 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
106 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
107 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
108 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
109 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD16", /* name */
110 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
111 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
112 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
113 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
114 1.1.1.2 christos
115 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8, /* type */
116 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
117 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
118 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
119 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
120 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
121 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
122 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
123 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_GD8", /* name */
124 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
125 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
126 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
127 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
128 1.1.1.2 christos
129 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS local dynamic variable reference. */
130 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32, /* type */
131 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
132 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
133 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
134 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
135 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
136 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
137 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
138 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM32", /* name */
139 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
140 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
141 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
142 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
143 1.1.1.2 christos
144 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16, /* type */
145 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
146 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
147 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
148 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
149 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
150 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
151 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
152 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM16", /* name */
153 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
154 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
155 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
156 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
157 1.1.1.2 christos
158 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8, /* type */
159 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
160 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
161 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
162 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
163 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
164 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
165 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
166 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDM8", /* name */
167 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
168 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
169 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
170 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
171 1.1.1.2 christos
172 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32, /* type */
173 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
174 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
175 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
176 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
177 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
178 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
179 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
180 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO32", /* name */
181 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
182 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
183 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
184 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
185 1.1.1.2 christos
186 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16, /* type */
187 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
188 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
189 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
190 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
191 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
192 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
193 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
194 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO16", /* name */
195 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
196 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
197 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
198 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
199 1.1.1.2 christos
200 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8, /* type */
201 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
202 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
203 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
204 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
205 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
206 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
207 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
208 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LDO8", /* name */
209 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
210 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
211 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
212 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
213 1.1.1.2 christos
214 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS initial execution variable reference. */
215 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32, /* type */
216 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
217 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
218 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
219 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
220 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
221 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
222 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
223 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE32", /* name */
224 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
225 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
226 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
227 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
228 1.1.1.2 christos
229 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16, /* type */
230 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
231 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
232 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
233 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
234 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
235 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
236 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
237 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE16", /* name */
238 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
239 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
240 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
241 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
242 1.1.1.2 christos
243 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8, /* type */
244 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
245 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
246 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
247 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
248 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
249 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
250 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
251 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_IE8", /* name */
252 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
253 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
254 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
255 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
256 1.1.1.2 christos
257 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS local execution variable reference. */
258 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32, /* type */
259 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
260 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
261 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
262 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
263 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
264 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
265 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
266 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE32", /* name */
267 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
268 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
269 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
270 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
271 1.1.1.2 christos
272 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16, /* type */
273 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
274 1.1.1.2 christos 1, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
275 1.1.1.2 christos 16, /* bitsize */
276 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
277 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
278 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
279 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
280 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE16", /* name */
281 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
282 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
283 1.1.1.2 christos 0x0000ffff, /* dst_mask */
284 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
285 1.1.1.2 christos
286 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8, /* type */
287 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
288 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
289 1.1.1.2 christos 8, /* bitsize */
290 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
291 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
292 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
293 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
294 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_LE8", /* name */
295 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
296 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
297 1.1.1.2 christos 0x000000ff, /* dst_mask */
298 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
299 1.1.1.2 christos
300 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations. */
301 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32, /* type */
302 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
303 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
304 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
305 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
306 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
307 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
308 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
309 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32", /* name */
310 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
311 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
312 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
313 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
314 1.1.1.2 christos
315 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32, /* type */
316 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
317 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
318 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
319 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
320 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
321 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
322 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
323 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32", /* name */
324 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
325 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
326 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
327 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
328 1.1.1.2 christos
329 1.1.1.2 christos HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32, /* type */
330 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* rightshift */
331 1.1.1.2 christos 2, /* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
332 1.1.1.2 christos 32, /* bitsize */
333 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* pc_relative */
334 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* bitpos */
335 1.1.1.2 christos complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
336 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
337 1.1.1.2 christos "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32", /* name */
338 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE, /* partial_inplace */
339 1.1.1.2 christos 0, /* src_mask */
340 1.1.1.2 christos 0xffffffff, /* dst_mask */
341 1.1.1.2 christos FALSE), /* pcrel_offset */
342 1.1 skrll };
343 1.1 skrll
344 1.1.1.7 christos static bfd_boolean
345 1.1.1.2 christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
346 1.1 skrll {
347 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
348 1.1.1.2 christos
349 1.1.1.2 christos if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
350 1.1.1.2 christos {
351 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
352 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
353 1.1.1.7 christos abfd, indx);
354 1.1.1.7 christos bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
355 1.1.1.7 christos return FALSE;
356 1.1.1.2 christos }
357 1.1.1.2 christos cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
358 1.1.1.7 christos return TRUE;
359 1.1 skrll }
360 1.1 skrll
361 1.1 skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
362 1.1 skrll
363 1.1 skrll static const struct
364 1.1 skrll {
365 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
366 1.1 skrll int elf_val;
367 1.1.1.2 christos }
368 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_map[] =
369 1.1.1.2 christos {
370 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
371 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
372 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
373 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
374 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
375 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
376 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
377 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
378 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
379 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
380 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
381 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
382 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
383 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
384 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
385 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
386 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
387 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
388 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
389 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
390 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
391 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
392 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
393 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
394 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
395 1.1 skrll { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
396 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
397 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
398 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
399 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
400 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
401 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
402 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
403 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
404 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
405 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
406 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
407 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
408 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
409 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
410 1.1.1.2 christos { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
411 1.1 skrll };
412 1.1 skrll
413 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
414 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
415 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
416 1.1 skrll {
417 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
418 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
419 1.1 skrll {
420 1.1 skrll if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
421 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
422 1.1 skrll }
423 1.1 skrll return 0;
424 1.1 skrll }
425 1.1 skrll
426 1.1 skrll static reloc_howto_type *
427 1.1 skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
428 1.1 skrll {
429 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
430 1.1 skrll
431 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
432 1.1 skrll if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
433 1.1 skrll && strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
434 1.1 skrll return &howto_table[i];
435 1.1 skrll
436 1.1 skrll return NULL;
437 1.1 skrll }
438 1.1 skrll
439 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
440 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
441 1.1 skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
442 1.1.1.2 christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
443 1.1 skrll
444 1.1 skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker. */
446 1.1 skrll
447 1.1 skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
448 1.1 skrll section. */
449 1.1 skrll
450 1.1 skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
451 1.1 skrll
452 1.1 skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
453 1.1 skrll
454 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
455 1.1 skrll {
456 1.1 skrll /* The size of each PLT entry. */
457 1.1 skrll bfd_vma size;
458 1.1 skrll
459 1.1 skrll /* The template for the first PLT entry. */
460 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
461 1.1 skrll
462 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
463 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
464 1.1 skrll is against. */
465 1.1 skrll struct {
466 1.1 skrll unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
467 1.1 skrll unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
468 1.1 skrll } plt0_relocs;
469 1.1 skrll
470 1.1 skrll /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
471 1.1 skrll const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
472 1.1 skrll
473 1.1 skrll /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
474 1.1 skrll The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
475 1.1 skrll is against. */
476 1.1 skrll struct {
477 1.1 skrll unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
478 1.1 skrll unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
479 1.1 skrll } symbol_relocs;
480 1.1 skrll
481 1.1 skrll /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
482 1.1 skrll The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0". */
483 1.1 skrll bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
484 1.1 skrll };
485 1.1 skrll
486 1.1 skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
487 1.1 skrll
488 1.1 skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
489 1.1 skrll
490 1.1 skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this. See
491 1.1 skrll the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works. */
492 1.1 skrll
493 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
494 1.1 skrll {
495 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
496 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
497 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
498 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
499 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* pad out to 20 bytes. */
500 1.1 skrll };
501 1.1 skrll
502 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
503 1.1 skrll
504 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
505 1.1 skrll {
506 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
507 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
508 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
509 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
510 1.1 skrll 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
511 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
512 1.1 skrll };
513 1.1.1.6 christos
514 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info =
515 1.1 skrll {
516 1.1 skrll PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
517 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
518 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
519 1.1 skrll };
520 1.1 skrll
521 1.1 skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
522 1.1 skrll
523 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
524 1.1.1.6 christos {
525 1.1.1.6 christos 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
526 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
527 1.1.1.6 christos 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
528 1.1.1.6 christos 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
529 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
530 1.1.1.6 christos 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
531 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
532 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
533 1.1 skrll };
534 1.1 skrll
535 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
536 1.1 skrll
537 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
538 1.1.1.6 christos {
539 1.1.1.6 christos 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
540 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
541 1.1.1.6 christos 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
542 1.1.1.6 christos 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
543 1.1.1.6 christos 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
544 1.1.1.6 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
545 1.1.1.6 christos 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
546 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* + .plt - . */
547 1.1 skrll };
548 1.1.1.6 christos
549 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info =
550 1.1 skrll {
551 1.1 skrll ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
552 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
553 1.1 skrll elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
554 1.1 skrll };
555 1.1 skrll
556 1.1 skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
557 1.1 skrll
558 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
559 1.1 skrll {
560 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
561 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
562 1.1 skrll 0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
563 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
564 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
565 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
566 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
567 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0x71 /* nop */
568 1.1 skrll };
569 1.1 skrll
570 1.1 skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this. */
571 1.1 skrll
572 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
573 1.1 skrll {
574 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
575 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
576 1.1 skrll 0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
577 1.1 skrll 0x4e, 0xd0, /* jmp (%a0) */
578 1.1 skrll 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
579 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
580 1.1.1.6 christos 0x61, 0xff, /* bsr.l .plt */
581 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0 /* replaced with .plt - . */
582 1.1 skrll };
583 1.1.1.6 christos
584 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info =
585 1.1 skrll {
586 1.1 skrll ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
587 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
588 1.1 skrll elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
589 1.1 skrll };
590 1.1 skrll
591 1.1 skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
592 1.1 skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
593 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
594 1.1 skrll {
595 1.1.1.6 christos 0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
596 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 4) - . */
597 1.1.1.6 christos 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
598 1.1.1.6 christos 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got + 8) - . */
599 1.1.1.6 christos 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
600 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* pad out to 24 bytes. */
601 1.1 skrll 0, 0
602 1.1 skrll };
603 1.1 skrll
604 1.1 skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
605 1.1 skrll {
606 1.1.1.6 christos 0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
607 1.1.1.6 christos 0, 0, 0, 2, /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
608 1.1.1.6 christos 0x4e, 0xd1, /* jmp %a1@ */
609 1.1.1.6 christos 0x2f, 0x3c, /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
610 1.1.1.6 christos 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + reloc index */
611 1.1.1.6 christos 0x60, 0xff, /* bra.l .plt */
612 1.1 skrll 0, 0, 0, 0, /* + .plt - . */
613 1.1 skrll 0, 0
614 1.1 skrll };
615 1.1.1.6 christos
616 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info =
617 1.1 skrll {
618 1.1 skrll CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
619 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
620 1.1 skrll elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
621 1.1 skrll };
622 1.1 skrll
623 1.1 skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
624 1.1 skrll decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol. This is so that it
625 1.1 skrll can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
626 1.1 skrll with -Bsymbolic. We store the information in a field extending the
627 1.1 skrll regular ELF linker hash table. */
628 1.1 skrll
629 1.1 skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
630 1.1 skrll copied for a given symbol. */
631 1.1 skrll
632 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
633 1.1 skrll {
634 1.1 skrll /* Next section. */
635 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
636 1.1 skrll /* A section in dynobj. */
637 1.1 skrll asection *section;
638 1.1 skrll /* Number of relocs copied in this section. */
639 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type count;
640 1.1 skrll };
641 1.1 skrll
642 1.1 skrll /* Forward declaration. */
643 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
644 1.1 skrll
645 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry. */
646 1.1 skrll
647 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
648 1.1 skrll {
649 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
650 1.1 skrll
651 1.1 skrll /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol. */
652 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
653 1.1 skrll
654 1.1 skrll /* Key to got_entries. */
655 1.1 skrll unsigned long got_entry_key;
656 1.1 skrll
657 1.1 skrll /* List of GOT entries for this symbol. This list is build during
658 1.1 skrll offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
659 1.1 skrll to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
660 1.1 skrll
661 1.1 skrll ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
662 1.1 skrll a separate field is cleaner. */
663 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
664 1.1 skrll };
665 1.1 skrll
666 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
667 1.1 skrll
668 1.1 skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable. */
669 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
670 1.1 skrll {
671 1.1 skrll /* BFD in which this symbol was defined. NULL for global symbols. */
672 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
673 1.1 skrll
674 1.1 skrll /* Symbol index. Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key. */
675 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned long symndx;
676 1.1.1.2 christos
677 1.1.1.2 christos /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
678 1.1.1.2 christos R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
679 1.1.1.2 christos
680 1.1.1.2 christos From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
681 1.1.1.2 christos matters. That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
682 1.1.1.2 christos and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
683 1.1.1.2 christos the same when searching got->entries. */
684 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
685 1.1 skrll };
686 1.1.1.2 christos
687 1.1.1.2 christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation. */
688 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
689 1.1 skrll
690 1.1 skrll /* Entry of the GOT. */
691 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
692 1.1 skrll {
693 1.1 skrll /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable. This is the key. */
694 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
695 1.1 skrll
696 1.1 skrll /* GOT entry data. We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after. */
697 1.1 skrll union
698 1.1 skrll {
699 1.1 skrll struct
700 1.1.1.6 christos {
701 1.1 skrll /* Number of times this entry is referenced. */
702 1.1 skrll bfd_vma refcount;
703 1.1 skrll } s1;
704 1.1 skrll
705 1.1 skrll struct
706 1.1 skrll {
707 1.1.1.6 christos /* Offset from the start of .got section. To calculate offset relative
708 1.1 skrll to GOT pointer one should subtract got->offset from this value. */
709 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
710 1.1 skrll
711 1.1 skrll /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
712 1.1 skrll Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
713 1.1 skrll have entries in more than one GOT.
714 1.1 skrll Root of this list is h->glist.
715 1.1 skrll NULL for local symbols. */
716 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
717 1.1 skrll } s2;
718 1.1 skrll } u;
719 1.1 skrll };
720 1.1.1.2 christos
721 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
722 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
723 1.1.1.2 christos switches etc. */
724 1.1.1.2 christos
725 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
726 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
727 1.1.1.2 christos {
728 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
729 1.1.1.2 christos {
730 1.1.1.2 christos /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
731 1.1.1.2 christos handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation. In cases when we need
732 1.1.1.2 christos to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
733 1.1.1.2 christos r_type. */
734 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32:
735 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16:
736 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8:
737 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
738 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
739 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8O:
740 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_GOT32O;
741 1.1.1.2 christos
742 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
743 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
744 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
745 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
746 1.1.1.2 christos
747 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
748 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
749 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
750 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
751 1.1.1.2 christos
752 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
753 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
754 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
755 1.1.1.2 christos return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
756 1.1.1.2 christos
757 1.1.1.2 christos default:
758 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
759 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
760 1.1.1.2 christos }
761 1.1.1.2 christos }
762 1.1.1.2 christos
763 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE. */
764 1.1.1.2 christos
765 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
766 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
767 1.1.1.2 christos {
768 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
769 1.1.1.2 christos {
770 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
771 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
772 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
773 1.1.1.2 christos return R_32;
774 1.1.1.2 christos
775 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
776 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
777 1.1.1.2 christos return R_16;
778 1.1.1.2 christos
779 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
780 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
781 1.1.1.2 christos return R_8;
782 1.1.1.2 christos
783 1.1.1.2 christos default:
784 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
785 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
786 1.1.1.2 christos }
787 1.1.1.2 christos }
788 1.1.1.2 christos
789 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
790 1.1.1.2 christos relocation R_TYPE. */
791 1.1.1.2 christos
792 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
793 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
794 1.1.1.2 christos {
795 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
796 1.1.1.2 christos {
797 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
798 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
799 1.1.1.2 christos return 1;
800 1.1.1.2 christos
801 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
802 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
803 1.1.1.2 christos return 2;
804 1.1.1.2 christos
805 1.1.1.2 christos default:
806 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
807 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
808 1.1.1.2 christos }
809 1.1.1.2 christos }
810 1.1.1.2 christos
811 1.1.1.2 christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one. */
812 1.1.1.2 christos
813 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_boolean
814 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
815 1.1.1.2 christos {
816 1.1.1.2 christos switch (r_type)
817 1.1.1.2 christos {
818 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
819 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
820 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
821 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
822 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
823 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
824 1.1.1.2 christos return TRUE;
825 1.1.1.2 christos
826 1.1.1.2 christos default:
827 1.1.1.2 christos return FALSE;
828 1.1.1.2 christos }
829 1.1.1.2 christos }
830 1.1 skrll
831 1.1 skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT. */
832 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got
833 1.1 skrll {
834 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
835 1.1 skrll Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
836 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O entries. */
837 1.1 skrll htab_t entries;
838 1.1.1.2 christos
839 1.1.1.2 christos /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT. Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
840 1.1 skrll several GOT slots.
841 1.1.1.2 christos
842 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
843 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
844 1.1.1.2 christos in this GOT.
845 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
846 1.1.1.2 christos in this GOT. This is the total number of slots. */
847 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
848 1.1.1.2 christos
849 1.1 skrll /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
850 1.1 skrll This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
851 1.1.1.2 christos see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. */
852 1.1 skrll bfd_vma local_n_slots;
853 1.1 skrll
854 1.1 skrll /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section. */
855 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
856 1.1 skrll };
857 1.1 skrll
858 1.1 skrll /* BFD and its GOT. This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable. */
859 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
860 1.1 skrll {
861 1.1 skrll /* BFD. */
862 1.1 skrll const bfd *bfd;
863 1.1 skrll
864 1.1 skrll /* Assigned GOT. Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
865 1.1 skrll GOT structure. After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
866 1.1 skrll share a single GOT. */
867 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
868 1.1 skrll };
869 1.1 skrll
870 1.1 skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces. */
871 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
872 1.1 skrll {
873 1.1 skrll /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT. If a BFD doesn't have an entry
874 1.1 skrll here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
875 1.1 skrll having an empty GOT).
876 1.1 skrll
877 1.1 skrll ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id. */
878 1.1 skrll htab_t bfd2got;
879 1.1 skrll
880 1.1 skrll /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
881 1.1 skrll h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter. */
882 1.1 skrll unsigned long global_symndx;
883 1.1 skrll };
884 1.1 skrll
885 1.1 skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table. */
886 1.1 skrll
887 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
888 1.1 skrll {
889 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table root;
890 1.1.1.2 christos
891 1.1.1.2 christos /* Small local sym cache. */
892 1.1 skrll struct sym_cache sym_cache;
893 1.1 skrll
894 1.1 skrll /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
895 1.1 skrll yet been chosen. */
896 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
897 1.1 skrll
898 1.1 skrll /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
899 1.1 skrll Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled. */
900 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
901 1.1 skrll
902 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs. */
903 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
904 1.1 skrll
905 1.1 skrll /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs. */
906 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
907 1.1 skrll
908 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT data structure. */
909 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
910 1.1 skrll };
911 1.1 skrll
912 1.1 skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
913 1.1 skrll
914 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
915 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
916 1.1 skrll == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
917 1.1 skrll
918 1.1 skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data. */
919 1.1 skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
920 1.1 skrll
921 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
922 1.1 skrll
923 1.1.1.2 christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
924 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
925 1.1.1.2 christos struct bfd_hash_table *table,
926 1.1 skrll const char *string)
927 1.1 skrll {
928 1.1 skrll struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
929 1.1 skrll
930 1.1 skrll /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
931 1.1 skrll subclass. */
932 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
933 1.1 skrll ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
934 1.1 skrll sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
935 1.1 skrll if (ret == NULL)
936 1.1 skrll return ret;
937 1.1 skrll
938 1.1 skrll /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
939 1.1 skrll ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
940 1.1 skrll if (ret != NULL)
941 1.1 skrll {
942 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
943 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
944 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
945 1.1 skrll }
946 1.1 skrll
947 1.1 skrll return ret;
948 1.1 skrll }
949 1.1.1.4 christos
950 1.1.1.4 christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
951 1.1.1.4 christos
952 1.1.1.4 christos static void
953 1.1.1.4 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
954 1.1.1.4 christos {
955 1.1.1.4 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
956 1.1.1.4 christos
957 1.1.1.4 christos htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
958 1.1.1.4 christos
959 1.1.1.4 christos if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
960 1.1.1.4 christos {
961 1.1.1.4 christos htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
962 1.1.1.4 christos htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
963 1.1.1.4 christos }
964 1.1.1.4 christos _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
965 1.1.1.4 christos }
966 1.1 skrll
967 1.1 skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table. */
968 1.1 skrll
969 1.1.1.2 christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
970 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
971 1.1 skrll {
972 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
973 1.1 skrll bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
974 1.1.1.4 christos
975 1.1 skrll ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
976 1.1 skrll if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
977 1.1 skrll return NULL;
978 1.1 skrll
979 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
980 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
981 1.1.1.2 christos sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
982 1.1 skrll M68K_ELF_DATA))
983 1.1 skrll {
984 1.1 skrll free (ret);
985 1.1 skrll return NULL;
986 1.1.1.4 christos }
987 1.1 skrll ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
988 1.1 skrll
989 1.1 skrll ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
990 1.1 skrll
991 1.1 skrll return &ret->root.root;
992 1.1 skrll }
993 1.1 skrll
994 1.1 skrll /* Set the right machine number. */
995 1.1 skrll
996 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
997 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
998 1.1 skrll {
999 1.1 skrll unsigned int mach = 0;
1000 1.1 skrll unsigned features = 0;
1001 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1002 1.1 skrll
1003 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1004 1.1 skrll features |= m68000;
1005 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1006 1.1 skrll features |= cpu32;
1007 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1008 1.1 skrll features |= fido_a;
1009 1.1 skrll else
1010 1.1 skrll {
1011 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1012 1.1 skrll {
1013 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1014 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a;
1015 1.1 skrll break;
1016 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1017 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
1018 1.1 skrll break;
1019 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1020 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1021 1.1 skrll break;
1022 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1023 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
1024 1.1 skrll break;
1025 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1026 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1027 1.1 skrll break;
1028 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1029 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
1030 1.1 skrll break;
1031 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1032 1.1 skrll features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
1033 1.1 skrll break;
1034 1.1 skrll }
1035 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1036 1.1 skrll {
1037 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1038 1.1 skrll features |= mcfmac;
1039 1.1 skrll break;
1040 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1041 1.1 skrll features |= mcfemac;
1042 1.1 skrll break;
1043 1.1 skrll }
1044 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1045 1.1 skrll features |= cfloat;
1046 1.1 skrll }
1047 1.1 skrll
1048 1.1 skrll mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
1049 1.1 skrll bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
1050 1.1 skrll
1051 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1052 1.1 skrll }
1053 1.1.1.2 christos
1054 1.1.1.2 christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
1055 1.1.1.2 christos field based on the machine number. */
1056 1.1.1.2 christos
1057 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1058 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
1059 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1060 1.1.1.2 christos {
1061 1.1.1.2 christos int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
1062 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1063 1.1.1.2 christos
1064 1.1.1.2 christos if (!e_flags)
1065 1.1.1.2 christos {
1066 1.1.1.2 christos unsigned int arch_mask;
1067 1.1.1.2 christos
1068 1.1.1.2 christos arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
1069 1.1.1.2 christos
1070 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & m68000)
1071 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
1072 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
1073 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
1074 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
1075 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1076 1.1.1.2 christos else
1077 1.1.1.2 christos {
1078 1.1.1.2 christos switch (arch_mask
1079 1.1.1.2 christos & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
1080 1.1.1.2 christos {
1081 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a:
1082 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
1083 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1084 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
1085 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
1086 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1087 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1088 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
1089 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1090 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
1091 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
1092 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1093 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1094 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
1095 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1096 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
1097 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
1098 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1099 1.1.1.2 christos case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
1100 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
1101 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1102 1.1.1.2 christos }
1103 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
1104 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
1105 1.1.1.2 christos else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
1106 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
1107 1.1.1.2 christos if (arch_mask & cfloat)
1108 1.1.1.2 christos e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
1109 1.1.1.2 christos }
1110 1.1.1.2 christos elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
1111 1.1.1.2 christos }
1112 1.1.1.2 christos }
1113 1.1 skrll
1114 1.1.1.2 christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header. */
1115 1.1 skrll
1116 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
1117 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1118 1.1 skrll {
1119 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1120 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
1121 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1122 1.1 skrll }
1123 1.1 skrll
1124 1.1 skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
1125 1.1 skrll object file when linking. */
1126 1.1.1.6 christos static bfd_boolean
1127 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1128 1.1.1.6 christos {
1129 1.1 skrll bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
1130 1.1 skrll flagword out_flags;
1131 1.1 skrll flagword in_flags;
1132 1.1 skrll flagword out_isa;
1133 1.1 skrll flagword in_isa;
1134 1.1 skrll const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
1135 1.1 skrll
1136 1.1 skrll if ( bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1137 1.1 skrll || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1138 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1139 1.1 skrll
1140 1.1 skrll /* Get the merged machine. This checks for incompatibility between
1141 1.1 skrll Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
1142 1.1 skrll Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types. */
1143 1.1 skrll arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
1144 1.1 skrll if (!arch_info)
1145 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1146 1.1 skrll
1147 1.1 skrll bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
1148 1.1 skrll
1149 1.1 skrll in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1150 1.1 skrll if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1151 1.1 skrll {
1152 1.1 skrll elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1153 1.1 skrll out_flags = in_flags;
1154 1.1 skrll }
1155 1.1 skrll else
1156 1.1 skrll {
1157 1.1 skrll out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
1158 1.1 skrll unsigned int variant_mask;
1159 1.1 skrll
1160 1.1 skrll if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1161 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1162 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1163 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1164 1.1 skrll else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1165 1.1 skrll variant_mask = 0;
1166 1.1 skrll else
1167 1.1 skrll variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
1168 1.1 skrll
1169 1.1 skrll in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
1170 1.1 skrll out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
1171 1.1 skrll if (in_isa > out_isa)
1172 1.1 skrll out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
1173 1.1 skrll if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
1174 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1175 1.1 skrll || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
1176 1.1 skrll && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
1177 1.1 skrll out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
1178 1.1 skrll else
1179 1.1 skrll out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
1180 1.1 skrll }
1181 1.1 skrll elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
1182 1.1 skrll
1183 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1184 1.1 skrll }
1185 1.1 skrll
1186 1.1 skrll /* Display the flags field. */
1187 1.1 skrll
1188 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1189 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
1190 1.1 skrll {
1191 1.1 skrll FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
1192 1.1 skrll flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
1193 1.1 skrll
1194 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
1195 1.1 skrll
1196 1.1 skrll /* Print normal ELF private data. */
1197 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
1198 1.1 skrll
1199 1.1 skrll /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data. */
1200 1.1 skrll
1201 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
1202 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
1203 1.1 skrll
1204 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
1205 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
1206 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
1207 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
1208 1.1 skrll else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
1209 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [fido]");
1210 1.1 skrll else
1211 1.1 skrll {
1212 1.1 skrll if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
1213 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
1214 1.1 skrll
1215 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1216 1.1 skrll {
1217 1.1 skrll char const *isa = _("unknown");
1218 1.1 skrll char const *mac = _("unknown");
1219 1.1 skrll char const *additional = "";
1220 1.1 skrll
1221 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
1222 1.1 skrll {
1223 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
1224 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1225 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1226 1.1 skrll break;
1227 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
1228 1.1 skrll isa = "A";
1229 1.1 skrll break;
1230 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
1231 1.1 skrll isa = "A+";
1232 1.1 skrll break;
1233 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
1234 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1235 1.1 skrll additional = " [nousp]";
1236 1.1 skrll break;
1237 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
1238 1.1 skrll isa = "B";
1239 1.1 skrll break;
1240 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
1241 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1242 1.1 skrll break;
1243 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
1244 1.1 skrll isa = "C";
1245 1.1 skrll additional = " [nodiv]";
1246 1.1 skrll break;
1247 1.1 skrll }
1248 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
1249 1.1 skrll
1250 1.1 skrll if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
1251 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [float]");
1252 1.1 skrll
1253 1.1 skrll switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
1254 1.1 skrll {
1255 1.1 skrll case 0:
1256 1.1 skrll mac = NULL;
1257 1.1 skrll break;
1258 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
1259 1.1 skrll mac = "mac";
1260 1.1 skrll break;
1261 1.1 skrll case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
1262 1.1 skrll mac = "emac";
1263 1.1.1.2 christos break;
1264 1.1.1.2 christos case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
1265 1.1.1.2 christos mac = "emac_b";
1266 1.1 skrll break;
1267 1.1 skrll }
1268 1.1 skrll if (mac)
1269 1.1 skrll fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
1270 1.1 skrll }
1271 1.1 skrll }
1272 1.1 skrll
1273 1.1 skrll fputc ('\n', file);
1274 1.1 skrll
1275 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1276 1.1 skrll }
1277 1.1 skrll
1278 1.1 skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
1279 1.1 skrll
1280 1.1 skrll Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook. There we scan all
1281 1.1 skrll relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
1282 1.1 skrll for it. If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
1283 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
1284 1.1 skrll to user.
1285 1.1 skrll After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
1286 1.1 skrll constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
1287 1.1 skrll
1288 1.1 skrll To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
1289 1.1 skrll (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
1290 1.1 skrll to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space. Ideally [and in most
1291 1.1 skrll cases] we end up with a single GOT. In cases when there are too many
1292 1.1 skrll restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
1293 1.1 skrll several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
1294 1.1 skrll
1295 1.1 skrll Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got. We start with
1296 1.1 skrll an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
1297 1.1 skrll local GOTs to the new 'big' one. We do that by constructing an
1298 1.1 skrll intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
1299 1.1 skrll GOT lacks. Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
1300 1.1 skrll all the entries from diff. On success we add those entries to the big
1301 1.1 skrll GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
1302 1.1 skrll entries from the local GOT. Note that this retry will always succeed as
1303 1.1 skrll each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits. After partitioning we
1304 1.1 skrll end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs. GOT entries in the
1305 1.1 skrll big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets. Note that big GOTs are
1306 1.1 skrll positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
1307 1.1 skrll to the outside world.
1308 1.1 skrll
1309 1.1 skrll After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section. There we
1310 1.1 skrll adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
1311 1.1 skrll relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
1312 1.1 skrll big GOT.
1313 1.1 skrll
1314 1.1 skrll Notes:
1315 1.1.1.2 christos
1316 1.1.1.2 christos GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
1317 1.1.1.2 christos * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1318 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation. We can have at most 0x40
1319 1.1.1.2 christos such entries in one GOT.
1320 1.1.1.2 christos * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
1321 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
1322 1.1.1.2 christos We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
1323 1.1.1.2 christos * R_32 type is used in all other cases. We can have as many
1324 1.1 skrll such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
1325 1.1 skrll When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
1326 1.1 skrll ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
1327 1.1 skrll to correctly detect overflow.
1328 1.1 skrll
1329 1.1.1.2 christos Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
1330 1.1.1.2 christos R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
1331 1.1 skrll R_32 entries go at the end. See finalize_got_offsets for details.
1332 1.1 skrll
1333 1.1 skrll Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
1334 1.1 skrll negative offsets. As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
1335 1.1 skrll start of .got section, the offset values are positive. They become
1336 1.1 skrll negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
1337 1.1 skrll subtracted from them.
1338 1.1 skrll
1339 1.1 skrll 3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
1340 1.1 skrll by loader. These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
1341 1.1 skrll so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
1342 1.1 skrll
1343 1.1 skrll Memory management: All data except for hashtables
1344 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
1345 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
1346 1.1 skrll to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them. At the
1347 1.1 skrll moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
1348 1.1 skrll structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
1349 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_multi_got (info). We deallocate them in
1350 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free. */
1351 1.1 skrll
1352 1.1 skrll /* Initialize GOT. */
1353 1.1 skrll
1354 1.1.1.2 christos static void
1355 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1356 1.1.1.2 christos {
1357 1.1.1.2 christos got->entries = NULL;
1358 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
1359 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
1360 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
1361 1.1.1.2 christos got->local_n_slots = 0;
1362 1.1 skrll got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
1363 1.1 skrll }
1364 1.1 skrll
1365 1.1 skrll /* Destruct GOT. */
1366 1.1 skrll
1367 1.1 skrll static void
1368 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
1369 1.1 skrll {
1370 1.1 skrll if (got->entries != NULL)
1371 1.1 skrll {
1372 1.1 skrll htab_delete (got->entries);
1373 1.1 skrll got->entries = NULL;
1374 1.1 skrll }
1375 1.1 skrll }
1376 1.1 skrll
1377 1.1 skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure. INFO is the context where memory
1378 1.1 skrll should be allocated. */
1379 1.1 skrll
1380 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
1381 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1382 1.1 skrll {
1383 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
1384 1.1 skrll
1385 1.1 skrll got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
1386 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
1387 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1388 1.1.1.2 christos
1389 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (got);
1390 1.1 skrll
1391 1.1 skrll return got;
1392 1.1 skrll }
1393 1.1 skrll
1394 1.1 skrll /* Initialize KEY. */
1395 1.1 skrll
1396 1.1 skrll static void
1397 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1398 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1399 1.1.1.2 christos const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
1400 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
1401 1.1.1.2 christos {
1402 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
1403 1.1.1.2 christos /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry. */
1404 1.1.1.2 christos {
1405 1.1.1.2 christos key->bfd = NULL;
1406 1.1.1.2 christos key->symndx = 0;
1407 1.1.1.2 christos }
1408 1.1.1.2 christos else if (h != NULL)
1409 1.1 skrll /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key. */
1410 1.1 skrll {
1411 1.1 skrll key->bfd = NULL;
1412 1.1 skrll key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
1413 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
1414 1.1 skrll }
1415 1.1.1.2 christos else
1416 1.1 skrll /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx. */
1417 1.1 skrll {
1418 1.1 skrll key->bfd = abfd;
1419 1.1 skrll key->symndx = symndx;
1420 1.1.1.2 christos }
1421 1.1.1.2 christos
1422 1.1 skrll key->type = reloc_type;
1423 1.1 skrll }
1424 1.1 skrll
1425 1.1 skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
1426 1.1 skrll ??? Is it good? */
1427 1.1 skrll
1428 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1429 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
1430 1.1 skrll {
1431 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
1432 1.1 skrll
1433 1.1 skrll key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
1434 1.1.1.2 christos
1435 1.1.1.2 christos return (key->symndx
1436 1.1.1.2 christos + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
1437 1.1 skrll + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
1438 1.1 skrll }
1439 1.1 skrll
1440 1.1 skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal. */
1441 1.1 skrll
1442 1.1 skrll static int
1443 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
1444 1.1 skrll {
1445 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
1446 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
1447 1.1 skrll
1448 1.1 skrll key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
1449 1.1 skrll key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
1450 1.1 skrll
1451 1.1.1.2 christos return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
1452 1.1.1.2 christos && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
1453 1.1.1.2 christos && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
1454 1.1 skrll == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
1455 1.1 skrll }
1456 1.1.1.2 christos
1457 1.1.1.2 christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
1458 1.1.1.2 christos and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
1459 1.1.1.2 christos offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots. */
1460 1.1.1.2 christos
1461 1.1.1.2 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT. */
1462 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1463 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1464 1.1 skrll ? (0x40 - 1) \
1465 1.1 skrll : 0x20)
1466 1.1.1.2 christos
1467 1.1.1.2 christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT. */
1468 1.1 skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO) \
1469 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p \
1470 1.1 skrll ? (0x4000 - 2) \
1471 1.1 skrll : 0x2000)
1472 1.1 skrll
1473 1.1 skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
1474 1.1 skrll the entry cannot be found.
1475 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
1476 1.1 skrll no such.
1477 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
1478 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one. */
1479 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
1480 1.1 skrll {
1481 1.1 skrll SEARCH,
1482 1.1 skrll FIND_OR_CREATE,
1483 1.1 skrll MUST_FIND,
1484 1.1 skrll MUST_CREATE
1485 1.1 skrll };
1486 1.1 skrll
1487 1.1 skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
1488 1.1 skrll INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
1489 1.1 skrll HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND). */
1490 1.1 skrll
1491 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1492 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1493 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
1494 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1495 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1496 1.1 skrll {
1497 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
1498 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1499 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1500 1.1 skrll
1501 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1502 1.1 skrll
1503 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1504 1.1 skrll /* This is the first entry in ABFD. Initialize hashtable. */
1505 1.1 skrll {
1506 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1507 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1508 1.1.1.2 christos
1509 1.1 skrll got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
1510 1.1 skrll (info),
1511 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
1512 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
1513 1.1 skrll if (got->entries == NULL)
1514 1.1 skrll {
1515 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1516 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1517 1.1 skrll }
1518 1.1 skrll }
1519 1.1 skrll
1520 1.1 skrll entry_.key_ = *key;
1521 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1522 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1523 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1524 1.1 skrll {
1525 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1526 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1527 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1528 1.1 skrll
1529 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1530 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1531 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1532 1.1 skrll }
1533 1.1 skrll
1534 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1535 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one. */
1536 1.1 skrll {
1537 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1538 1.1 skrll
1539 1.1 skrll entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
1540 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1541 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1542 1.1 skrll
1543 1.1 skrll /* Initialize new entry. */
1544 1.1 skrll entry->key_ = *key;
1545 1.1 skrll
1546 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
1547 1.1.1.2 christos
1548 1.1.1.2 christos /* Mark the entry as not initialized. */
1549 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
1550 1.1 skrll
1551 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1552 1.1 skrll }
1553 1.1 skrll else
1554 1.1 skrll /* We found the entry. */
1555 1.1 skrll {
1556 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1557 1.1 skrll
1558 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1559 1.1 skrll }
1560 1.1 skrll
1561 1.1 skrll return entry;
1562 1.1 skrll }
1563 1.1 skrll
1564 1.1 skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
1565 1.1 skrll Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set. */
1566 1.1.1.2 christos
1567 1.1.1.2 christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
1568 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1569 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
1570 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
1571 1.1.1.2 christos {
1572 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
1573 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
1574 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
1575 1.1.1.2 christos
1576 1.1.1.2 christos if (was == R_68K_max)
1577 1.1 skrll /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet. */
1578 1.1.1.2 christos {
1579 1.1.1.2 christos /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32]. */
1580 1.1 skrll was_size = R_LAST;
1581 1.1.1.2 christos
1582 1.1 skrll was = new_reloc;
1583 1.1 skrll }
1584 1.1.1.2 christos else
1585 1.1.1.2 christos {
1586 1.1.1.2 christos /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
1587 1.1.1.2 christos in such a case. */
1588 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
1589 1.1.1.2 christos == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
1590 1.1.1.2 christos
1591 1.1.1.2 christos was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
1592 1.1 skrll }
1593 1.1.1.2 christos
1594 1.1.1.2 christos new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
1595 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
1596 1.1.1.2 christos
1597 1.1.1.2 christos while (was_size > new_size)
1598 1.1.1.2 christos {
1599 1.1.1.2 christos --was_size;
1600 1.1.1.2 christos got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
1601 1.1.1.2 christos }
1602 1.1.1.2 christos
1603 1.1.1.2 christos if (new_reloc > was)
1604 1.1.1.2 christos /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
1605 1.1.1.2 christos so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size. */
1606 1.1.1.2 christos was = new_reloc;
1607 1.1.1.2 christos
1608 1.1 skrll return was;
1609 1.1 skrll }
1610 1.1 skrll
1611 1.1 skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
1612 1.1 skrll H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
1613 1.1 skrll INFO is a context where memory should be allocated. */
1614 1.1 skrll
1615 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
1616 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
1617 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1618 1.1.1.2 christos const bfd *abfd,
1619 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
1620 1.1 skrll unsigned long symndx,
1621 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1622 1.1 skrll {
1623 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
1624 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1625 1.1 skrll
1626 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
1627 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
1628 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
1629 1.1.1.2 christos
1630 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
1631 1.1 skrll
1632 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
1633 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1634 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1635 1.1.1.2 christos
1636 1.1.1.2 christos /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters. */
1637 1.1.1.2 christos entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
1638 1.1.1.2 christos entry->key_.type,
1639 1.1.1.2 christos reloc_type);
1640 1.1 skrll
1641 1.1 skrll /* Update refcount. */
1642 1.1 skrll ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
1643 1.1 skrll
1644 1.1 skrll if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
1645 1.1 skrll /* We see this entry for the first time. */
1646 1.1 skrll {
1647 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
1648 1.1 skrll got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
1649 1.1 skrll }
1650 1.1.1.2 christos
1651 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
1652 1.1.1.2 christos
1653 1.1.1.2 christos if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
1654 1.1.1.2 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1655 1.1.1.2 christos || (got->n_slots[R_16]
1656 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1657 1.1 skrll /* This BFD has too many relocation. */
1658 1.1.1.2 christos {
1659 1.1.1.6 christos if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1660 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
1661 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: GOT overflow: "
1662 1.1.1.6 christos "number of relocations with 8-bit "
1663 1.1.1.6 christos "offset > %d"),
1664 1.1.1.6 christos abfd,
1665 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1666 1.1.1.6 christos else
1667 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
1668 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: GOT overflow: "
1669 1.1.1.6 christos "number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
1670 1.1.1.6 christos "offset > %d"),
1671 1.1.1.6 christos abfd,
1672 1.1 skrll ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
1673 1.1 skrll
1674 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1675 1.1 skrll }
1676 1.1 skrll
1677 1.1 skrll return entry;
1678 1.1 skrll }
1679 1.1 skrll
1680 1.1 skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
1681 1.1 skrll
1682 1.1 skrll static hashval_t
1683 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
1684 1.1 skrll {
1685 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
1686 1.1 skrll
1687 1.1 skrll e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
1688 1.1 skrll
1689 1.1 skrll return e->bfd->id;
1690 1.1 skrll }
1691 1.1 skrll
1692 1.1 skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
1693 1.1 skrll
1694 1.1 skrll static int
1695 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
1696 1.1 skrll {
1697 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
1698 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
1699 1.1 skrll
1700 1.1 skrll e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
1701 1.1 skrll e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
1702 1.1 skrll
1703 1.1 skrll return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
1704 1.1 skrll }
1705 1.1 skrll
1706 1.1 skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry. */
1707 1.1 skrll
1708 1.1 skrll static void
1709 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
1710 1.1 skrll {
1711 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1712 1.1 skrll
1713 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
1714 1.1 skrll
1715 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
1716 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
1717 1.1 skrll }
1718 1.1 skrll
1719 1.1 skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
1720 1.1 skrll MULTI_GOT. ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for. INFO is a context where
1721 1.1 skrll memory should be allocated. */
1722 1.1 skrll
1723 1.1 skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
1724 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
1725 1.1 skrll const bfd *abfd,
1726 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
1727 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1728 1.1 skrll {
1729 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
1730 1.1 skrll void **ptr;
1731 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
1732 1.1 skrll
1733 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
1734 1.1 skrll
1735 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1736 1.1 skrll /* This is the first GOT. Initialize bfd2got. */
1737 1.1 skrll {
1738 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1739 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1740 1.1 skrll
1741 1.1 skrll multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
1742 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
1743 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
1744 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
1745 1.1 skrll {
1746 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1747 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1748 1.1 skrll }
1749 1.1 skrll }
1750 1.1 skrll
1751 1.1 skrll entry_.bfd = abfd;
1752 1.1 skrll ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
1753 1.1 skrll ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
1754 1.1 skrll if (ptr == NULL)
1755 1.1 skrll {
1756 1.1 skrll if (howto == SEARCH)
1757 1.1 skrll /* Entry not found. */
1758 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1759 1.1 skrll
1760 1.1 skrll /* We're out of memory. */
1761 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
1762 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1763 1.1 skrll }
1764 1.1 skrll
1765 1.1 skrll if (*ptr == NULL)
1766 1.1 skrll /* Entry was not found. Create new one. */
1767 1.1 skrll {
1768 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
1769 1.1 skrll
1770 1.1 skrll entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
1771 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
1772 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1773 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1774 1.1 skrll
1775 1.1 skrll entry->bfd = abfd;
1776 1.1 skrll
1777 1.1 skrll entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
1778 1.1 skrll if (entry->got == NULL)
1779 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1780 1.1 skrll
1781 1.1 skrll *ptr = entry;
1782 1.1 skrll }
1783 1.1 skrll else
1784 1.1 skrll {
1785 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
1786 1.1 skrll
1787 1.1 skrll /* Return existing entry. */
1788 1.1 skrll entry = *ptr;
1789 1.1 skrll }
1790 1.1 skrll
1791 1.1 skrll return entry;
1792 1.1 skrll }
1793 1.1 skrll
1794 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
1795 1.1 skrll {
1796 1.1 skrll /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against. */
1797 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1798 1.1 skrll
1799 1.1 skrll /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
1800 1.1 skrll BIG. */
1801 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
1802 1.1 skrll
1803 1.1 skrll /* Context where to allocate memory. */
1804 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1805 1.1 skrll
1806 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1807 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1808 1.1 skrll };
1809 1.1 skrll
1810 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
1811 1.1 skrll or updated in the big GOT. */
1812 1.1 skrll
1813 1.1 skrll static int
1814 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1815 1.1 skrll {
1816 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
1817 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1818 1.1.1.2 christos const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
1819 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
1820 1.1 skrll
1821 1.1 skrll entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
1822 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1823 1.1 skrll
1824 1.1 skrll entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
1825 1.1 skrll
1826 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry2 != NULL)
1827 1.1 skrll /* We found an existing entry. Check if we should update it. */
1828 1.1.1.2 christos {
1829 1.1.1.2 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1830 1.1.1.2 christos entry2->key_.type,
1831 1.1 skrll entry1->key_.type);
1832 1.1.1.2 christos
1833 1.1 skrll if (type == entry2->key_.type)
1834 1.1 skrll /* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2. Skip it.
1835 1.1 skrll To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
1836 1.1.1.2 christos which we won't see in GOT entries for sure. */
1837 1.1 skrll type = R_68K_max;
1838 1.1 skrll }
1839 1.1.1.2 christos else
1840 1.1 skrll /* We didn't find the entry. Add entry1 to DIFF. */
1841 1.1.1.2 christos {
1842 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
1843 1.1.1.2 christos
1844 1.1.1.2 christos type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
1845 1.1 skrll R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
1846 1.1 skrll
1847 1.1.1.2 christos if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
1848 1.1 skrll arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
1849 1.1 skrll }
1850 1.1.1.2 christos
1851 1.1 skrll if (type != R_68K_max)
1852 1.1 skrll /* Create an entry in DIFF. */
1853 1.1 skrll {
1854 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
1855 1.1 skrll
1856 1.1 skrll entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
1857 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1858 1.1 skrll if (entry == NULL)
1859 1.1 skrll {
1860 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1861 1.1 skrll return 0;
1862 1.1 skrll }
1863 1.1.1.2 christos
1864 1.1 skrll entry->key_.type = type;
1865 1.1 skrll }
1866 1.1 skrll
1867 1.1 skrll return 1;
1868 1.1 skrll }
1869 1.1 skrll
1870 1.1 skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
1871 1.1 skrll Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
1872 1.1 skrll in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
1873 1.1 skrll INFO is the context where memory should be allocated. */
1874 1.1 skrll
1875 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1876 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1877 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
1878 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
1879 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
1880 1.1 skrll {
1881 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1882 1.1 skrll
1883 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
1884 1.1 skrll
1885 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1886 1.1 skrll arg_.diff = diff;
1887 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1888 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1889 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1890 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1891 1.1 skrll {
1892 1.1 skrll diff->offset = 0;
1893 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1894 1.1 skrll }
1895 1.1 skrll
1896 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check for overflow. */
1897 1.1.1.2 christos if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
1898 1.1.1.2 christos > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1899 1.1.1.2 christos || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
1900 1.1 skrll > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
1901 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1902 1.1 skrll
1903 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1904 1.1 skrll }
1905 1.1 skrll
1906 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
1907 1.1 skrll {
1908 1.1 skrll /* The BIG got. */
1909 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *big;
1910 1.1 skrll
1911 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
1912 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
1913 1.1 skrll
1914 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
1915 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
1916 1.1 skrll };
1917 1.1 skrll
1918 1.1 skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got. Add or update corresponding
1919 1.1 skrll entry in the BIG got. */
1920 1.1 skrll
1921 1.1 skrll static int
1922 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
1923 1.1 skrll {
1924 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
1925 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
1926 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
1927 1.1 skrll
1928 1.1 skrll from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
1929 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
1930 1.1 skrll
1931 1.1 skrll to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
1932 1.1 skrll arg->info);
1933 1.1 skrll if (to == NULL)
1934 1.1 skrll {
1935 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
1936 1.1 skrll return 0;
1937 1.1 skrll }
1938 1.1 skrll
1939 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
1940 1.1.1.2 christos /* All we need to merge is TYPE. */
1941 1.1 skrll to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
1942 1.1 skrll
1943 1.1 skrll return 1;
1944 1.1 skrll }
1945 1.1 skrll
1946 1.1 skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG. INFO is context where memory should be
1947 1.1 skrll allocated. */
1948 1.1 skrll
1949 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
1950 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
1951 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
1952 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
1953 1.1 skrll {
1954 1.1 skrll if (diff->entries != NULL)
1955 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is not empty. Merge it into BIG GOT. */
1956 1.1 skrll {
1957 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
1958 1.1 skrll
1959 1.1 skrll /* Merge entries. */
1960 1.1 skrll arg_.big = big;
1961 1.1 skrll arg_.info = info;
1962 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
1963 1.1 skrll htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
1964 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
1965 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
1966 1.1 skrll
1967 1.1.1.2 christos /* Merge counters. */
1968 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
1969 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
1970 1.1.1.2 christos big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
1971 1.1 skrll big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
1972 1.1 skrll }
1973 1.1 skrll else
1974 1.1 skrll /* DIFF is empty. */
1975 1.1.1.2 christos {
1976 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
1977 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
1978 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
1979 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
1980 1.1 skrll }
1981 1.1 skrll
1982 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
1983 1.1.1.2 christos || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
1984 1.1.1.2 christos <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
1985 1.1.1.2 christos && (big->n_slots[R_16]
1986 1.1 skrll <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
1987 1.1 skrll
1988 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
1989 1.1 skrll }
1990 1.1 skrll
1991 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
1992 1.1.1.2 christos {
1993 1.1.1.2 christos /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
1994 1.1.1.2 christos R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
1995 1.1.1.2 christos R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
1996 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma *offset1;
1997 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *offset2;
1998 1.1 skrll
1999 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2000 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2001 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2002 1.1.1.2 christos
2003 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2004 1.1 skrll };
2005 1.1 skrll
2006 1.1 skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset. Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
2007 1.1 skrll along the way. */
2008 1.1 skrll
2009 1.1 skrll static int
2010 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
2011 1.1 skrll {
2012 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
2013 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
2014 1.1.1.2 christos
2015 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
2016 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma entry_size;
2017 1.1 skrll
2018 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
2019 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
2020 1.1 skrll
2021 1.1 skrll /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots. */
2022 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
2023 1.1.1.2 christos
2024 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get GOT offset size for the entry . */
2025 1.1 skrll got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
2026 1.1.1.2 christos
2027 1.1.1.2 christos /* Calculate entry size in bytes. */
2028 1.1 skrll entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
2029 1.1.1.2 christos
2030 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
2031 1.1.1.2 christos if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2032 1.1.1.2 christos > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
2033 1.1.1.2 christos {
2034 1.1.1.2 christos /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
2035 1.1.1.2 christos got_offset_size. If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
2036 1.1.1.2 christos range for got_offset_size entries in
2037 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets. */
2038 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
2039 1.1.1.2 christos != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
2040 1.1.1.2 christos
2041 1.1.1.2 christos /* Switch. */
2042 1.1.1.2 christos arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2043 1.1.1.2 christos arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
2044 1.1.1.2 christos
2045 1.1.1.2 christos /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry. */
2046 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
2047 1.1.1.2 christos <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
2048 1.1.1.2 christos }
2049 1.1.1.2 christos
2050 1.1.1.2 christos /* Assign offset to entry. */
2051 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
2052 1.1 skrll arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
2053 1.1 skrll
2054 1.1 skrll if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
2055 1.1 skrll /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H. */
2056 1.1 skrll {
2057 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2058 1.1 skrll
2059 1.1.1.2 christos h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
2060 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
2061 1.1.1.2 christos {
2062 1.1.1.2 christos entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
2063 1.1.1.2 christos h->glist = entry;
2064 1.1.1.2 christos }
2065 1.1.1.2 christos else
2066 1.1.1.2 christos /* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then. */
2067 1.1.1.2 christos {
2068 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
2069 1.1.1.2 christos == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
2070 1.1 skrll && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
2071 1.1.1.2 christos
2072 1.1.1.2 christos ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
2073 1.1 skrll }
2074 1.1 skrll }
2075 1.1 skrll else
2076 1.1 skrll /* This entry is for local symbol. */
2077 1.1 skrll entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
2078 1.1 skrll
2079 1.1 skrll return 1;
2080 1.1 skrll }
2081 1.1 skrll
2082 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT. USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
2083 1.1 skrll should use negative offsets.
2084 1.1 skrll Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
2085 1.1.1.2 christos SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
2086 1.1.1.2 christos global symbols.
2087 1.1 skrll Return offset at which next GOT should start. */
2088 1.1 skrll
2089 1.1 skrll static void
2090 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
2091 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
2092 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
2093 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
2094 1.1 skrll {
2095 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
2096 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
2097 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
2098 1.1.1.2 christos int i;
2099 1.1 skrll bfd_vma start_offset;
2100 1.1 skrll
2101 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
2102 1.1 skrll
2103 1.1 skrll /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
2104 1.1.1.2 christos start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
2105 1.1 skrll finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
2106 1.1 skrll from. */
2107 1.1.1.2 christos
2108 1.1.1.2 christos /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2. */
2109 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
2110 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
2111 1.1.1.2 christos
2112 1.1.1.2 christos start_offset = got->offset;
2113 1.1 skrll
2114 1.1.1.2 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2115 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2116 1.1.1.2 christos i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
2117 1.1.1.2 christos else
2118 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32. */
2119 1.1.1.2 christos i = (int) R_8;
2120 1.1.1.2 christos
2121 1.1 skrll for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2122 1.1.1.2 christos {
2123 1.1 skrll int j;
2124 1.1 skrll size_t n;
2125 1.1.1.2 christos
2126 1.1.1.2 christos /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I. */
2127 1.1 skrll arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
2128 1.1.1.2 christos
2129 1.1.1.2 christos /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets. */
2130 1.1.1.2 christos j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
2131 1.1.1.2 christos n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
2132 1.1.1.2 christos n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
2133 1.1.1.2 christos
2134 1.1.1.2 christos if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
2135 1.1.1.2 christos {
2136 1.1.1.2 christos if (i < 0)
2137 1.1.1.2 christos /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
2138 1.1.1.2 christos end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
2139 1.1.1.2 christos whole 2-slot entry. Account for that at negative side of
2140 1.1.1.2 christos the interval with one additional entry. */
2141 1.1.1.2 christos n = n / 2 + 1;
2142 1.1.1.2 christos else
2143 1.1.1.2 christos /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
2144 1.1.1.2 christos range one entry bigger. */
2145 1.1.1.2 christos n = (n + 1) / 2;
2146 1.1 skrll }
2147 1.1.1.2 christos
2148 1.1.1.2 christos /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
2149 1.1.1.2 christos Calculate length of the range for I offsets. */
2150 1.1 skrll n = 4 * n;
2151 1.1.1.2 christos
2152 1.1.1.2 christos /* Set end of the range. */
2153 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
2154 1.1.1.2 christos
2155 1.1 skrll start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
2156 1.1 skrll }
2157 1.1.1.2 christos
2158 1.1.1.2 christos if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
2159 1.1.1.2 christos /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
2160 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
2161 1.1.1.2 christos the bug. */
2162 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
2163 1.1 skrll arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
2164 1.1.1.2 christos
2165 1.1.1.2 christos /* Setup got->offset. offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
2166 1.1.1.2 christos beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p. */
2167 1.1 skrll got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
2168 1.1 skrll
2169 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
2170 1.1 skrll arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
2171 1.1.1.2 christos
2172 1.1 skrll /* Assign offsets. */
2173 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
2174 1.1.1.2 christos
2175 1.1.1.2 christos /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned. */
2176 1.1.1.2 christos for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
2177 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
2178 1.1.1.2 christos
2179 1.1.1.2 christos *final_offset = start_offset;
2180 1.1 skrll *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
2181 1.1 skrll }
2182 1.1 skrll
2183 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
2184 1.1 skrll {
2185 1.1 skrll /* The GOT we are adding entries to. Aka big got. */
2186 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
2187 1.1 skrll
2188 1.1 skrll /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT. */
2189 1.1 skrll bfd_vma offset;
2190 1.1 skrll
2191 1.1 skrll /* Context where memory should be allocated. */
2192 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info;
2193 1.1.1.2 christos
2194 1.1 skrll /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
2195 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections. */
2196 1.1 skrll bfd_vma n_slots;
2197 1.1.1.2 christos
2198 1.1.1.2 christos /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
2199 1.1 skrll and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
2200 1.1.1.2 christos This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section. */
2201 1.1 skrll bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
2202 1.1 skrll
2203 1.1 skrll /* Error flag. */
2204 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean error_p;
2205 1.1 skrll
2206 1.1 skrll /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
2207 1.1 skrll This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols. */
2208 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
2209 1.1 skrll };
2210 1.1.1.2 christos
2211 1.1.1.2 christos static void
2212 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
2213 1.1.1.2 christos {
2214 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
2215 1.1.1.2 christos
2216 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
2217 1.1.1.2 christos (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
2218 1.1.1.2 christos ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
2219 1.1.1.2 christos arg->symndx2h,
2220 1.1.1.2 christos &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
2221 1.1.1.2 christos
2222 1.1.1.2 christos arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
2223 1.1.1.4 christos
2224 1.1.1.2 christos if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
2225 1.1.1.2 christos /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
2226 1.1.1.2 christos output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
2227 1.1.1.2 christos linker can adjust this GOT entry. Overwise we
2228 1.1.1.2 christos don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols. */
2229 1.1.1.2 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
2230 1.1.1.2 christos
2231 1.1.1.2 christos /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
2232 1.1.1.2 christos one relocation. Account for that. */
2233 1.1.1.2 christos arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
2234 1.1.1.2 christos
2235 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
2236 1.1.1.2 christos }
2237 1.1.1.2 christos
2238 1.1 skrll
2239 1.1 skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
2240 1.1 skrll or start a new CURRENT_GOT. */
2241 1.1 skrll
2242 1.1 skrll static int
2243 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
2244 1.1 skrll {
2245 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
2246 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2247 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2248 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
2249 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
2250 1.1 skrll
2251 1.1 skrll entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
2252 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2253 1.1 skrll
2254 1.1 skrll got = entry->got;
2255 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2256 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
2257 1.1 skrll
2258 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2259 1.1 skrll
2260 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got != NULL)
2261 1.1 skrll /* Construct diff. */
2262 1.1 skrll {
2263 1.1.1.2 christos diff = &diff_;
2264 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
2265 1.1 skrll
2266 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
2267 1.1 skrll {
2268 1.1 skrll if (diff->offset == 0)
2269 1.1 skrll /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error. */
2270 1.1 skrll {
2271 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2272 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2273 1.1 skrll }
2274 1.1 skrll
2275 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
2276 1.1 skrll {
2277 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2278 1.1 skrll /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one. */
2279 1.1 skrll diff = NULL;
2280 1.1 skrll }
2281 1.1 skrll /* else
2282 1.1 skrll Merge GOTs no matter what. If big GOT overflows,
2283 1.1 skrll we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
2284 1.1 skrll
2285 1.1 skrll ??? May be fail earlier? E.g., in can_merge_gots. */
2286 1.1 skrll }
2287 1.1 skrll }
2288 1.1 skrll else
2289 1.1 skrll /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself. */
2290 1.1.1.2 christos {
2291 1.1 skrll /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to. */
2292 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
2293 1.1 skrll if (arg->current_got == NULL)
2294 1.1 skrll {
2295 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2296 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2297 1.1 skrll }
2298 1.1 skrll
2299 1.1 skrll arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
2300 1.1 skrll
2301 1.1 skrll diff = got;
2302 1.1 skrll }
2303 1.1 skrll
2304 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2305 1.1.1.2 christos {
2306 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
2307 1.1 skrll {
2308 1.1 skrll arg->error_p = TRUE;
2309 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2310 1.1 skrll }
2311 1.1 skrll
2312 1.1 skrll /* Now we can free GOT. */
2313 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
2314 1.1.1.2 christos
2315 1.1 skrll entry->got = arg->current_got;
2316 1.1 skrll }
2317 1.1 skrll else
2318 1.1 skrll {
2319 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finish up current_got. */
2320 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
2321 1.1.1.2 christos
2322 1.1.1.2 christos /* Schedule to start a new current_got. */
2323 1.1 skrll arg->current_got = NULL;
2324 1.1 skrll
2325 1.1 skrll /* Retry. */
2326 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
2327 1.1 skrll {
2328 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
2329 1.1 skrll goto final_return;
2330 1.1 skrll }
2331 1.1 skrll }
2332 1.1 skrll
2333 1.1 skrll final_return:
2334 1.1 skrll if (diff != NULL)
2335 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
2336 1.1.1.6 christos
2337 1.1 skrll return !arg->error_p;
2338 1.1 skrll }
2339 1.1 skrll
2340 1.1 skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping. */
2341 1.1 skrll
2342 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2343 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
2344 1.1 skrll void *_arg)
2345 1.1 skrll {
2346 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
2347 1.1 skrll
2348 1.1 skrll h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
2349 1.1 skrll
2350 1.1 skrll if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
2351 1.1 skrll /* H has at least one entry in the GOT. */
2352 1.1 skrll {
2353 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
2354 1.1 skrll
2355 1.1 skrll arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
2356 1.1 skrll
2357 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
2358 1.1 skrll arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
2359 1.1 skrll }
2360 1.1 skrll
2361 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2362 1.1 skrll }
2363 1.1 skrll
2364 1.1 skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
2365 1.1 skrll lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
2366 1.1 skrll Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2367 1.1 skrll
2368 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2369 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
2370 1.1 skrll {
2371 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
2372 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
2373 1.1 skrll
2374 1.1 skrll multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
2375 1.1 skrll
2376 1.1 skrll arg_.current_got = NULL;
2377 1.1 skrll arg_.offset = 0;
2378 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.info = info;
2379 1.1.1.2 christos arg_.n_slots = 0;
2380 1.1 skrll arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
2381 1.1 skrll arg_.error_p = FALSE;
2382 1.1 skrll
2383 1.1 skrll if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
2384 1.1 skrll {
2385 1.1 skrll /* Initialize symndx2h mapping. */
2386 1.1 skrll {
2387 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
2388 1.1 skrll * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
2389 1.1 skrll if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
2390 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2391 1.1 skrll
2392 1.1 skrll elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
2393 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
2394 1.1 skrll }
2395 1.1 skrll
2396 1.1 skrll /* Partition. */
2397 1.1 skrll htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
2398 1.1 skrll &arg_);
2399 1.1 skrll if (arg_.error_p)
2400 1.1 skrll {
2401 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2402 1.1 skrll arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
2403 1.1 skrll
2404 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2405 1.1 skrll }
2406 1.1 skrll
2407 1.1.1.2 christos /* Finish up last current_got. */
2408 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
2409 1.1 skrll
2410 1.1 skrll free (arg_.symndx2h);
2411 1.1 skrll }
2412 1.1 skrll
2413 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
2414 1.1 skrll /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections. */
2415 1.1 skrll {
2416 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2417 1.1.1.6 christos
2418 1.1 skrll s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
2419 1.1.1.2 christos if (s != NULL)
2420 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.offset;
2421 1.1.1.2 christos else
2422 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
2423 1.1.1.2 christos
2424 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
2425 1.1 skrll arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
2426 1.1.1.6 christos
2427 1.1 skrll s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
2428 1.1.1.2 christos if (s != NULL)
2429 1.1 skrll s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2430 1.1.1.2 christos else
2431 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
2432 1.1 skrll }
2433 1.1 skrll else
2434 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
2435 1.1 skrll
2436 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2437 1.1 skrll }
2438 1.1 skrll
2439 1.1 skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
2440 1.1 skrll symbol to a newly created symbol. Also called to copy flags and
2441 1.1 skrll other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
2442 1.1 skrll newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
2443 1.1 skrll be copied. */
2444 1.1 skrll
2445 1.1 skrll static void
2446 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2447 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
2448 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
2449 1.1 skrll {
2450 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
2451 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
2452 1.1 skrll
2453 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
2454 1.1 skrll
2455 1.1 skrll if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2456 1.1 skrll return;
2457 1.1 skrll
2458 1.1 skrll dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
2459 1.1 skrll ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
2460 1.1.1.2 christos
2461 1.1.1.2 christos /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
2462 1.1.1.2 christos definition will be against the target symbol. */
2463 1.1.1.2 christos _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
2464 1.1 skrll
2465 1.1 skrll /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
2466 1.1 skrll Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
2467 1.1 skrll assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
2468 1.1 skrll at the same time. */
2469 1.1 skrll if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
2470 1.1 skrll {
2471 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
2472 1.1 skrll /* Assert that GOTs aren't partioned yet. */
2473 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
2474 1.1 skrll
2475 1.1 skrll dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
2476 1.1 skrll ind->got_entry_key = 0;
2477 1.1 skrll }
2478 1.1 skrll }
2479 1.1 skrll
2480 1.1 skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2481 1.1 skrll allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2482 1.1 skrll table. */
2483 1.1 skrll
2484 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
2485 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2486 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
2487 1.1.1.3 christos asection *sec,
2488 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2489 1.1 skrll {
2490 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2491 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2492 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2493 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2494 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2495 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
2496 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
2497 1.1.1.4 christos
2498 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2499 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2500 1.1 skrll
2501 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2502 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2503 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2504 1.1 skrll
2505 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
2506 1.1 skrll
2507 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
2508 1.1 skrll
2509 1.1 skrll rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2510 1.1 skrll for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2511 1.1 skrll {
2512 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
2513 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2514 1.1 skrll
2515 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2516 1.1 skrll
2517 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2518 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
2519 1.1 skrll else
2520 1.1 skrll {
2521 1.1 skrll h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2522 1.1 skrll while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2523 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2524 1.1 skrll h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2525 1.1 skrll }
2526 1.1 skrll
2527 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2528 1.1 skrll {
2529 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
2530 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
2531 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
2532 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2533 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2534 1.1 skrll break;
2535 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
2536 1.1.1.2 christos
2537 1.1 skrll /* Relative GOT relocations. */
2538 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
2539 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16O:
2540 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
2541 1.1.1.2 christos /* Fall through. */
2542 1.1.1.2 christos
2543 1.1.1.2 christos /* TLS relocations. */
2544 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
2545 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
2546 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
2547 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
2548 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
2549 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
2550 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
2551 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
2552 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
2553 1.1.1.2 christos
2554 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
2555 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
2556 1.1.1.2 christos
2557 1.1.1.4 christos if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
2558 1.1.1.2 christos && bfd_link_pic (info))
2559 1.1.1.2 christos /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS. */
2560 1.1.1.2 christos info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
2561 1.1 skrll
2562 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
2563 1.1 skrll
2564 1.1 skrll if (dynobj == NULL)
2565 1.1 skrll {
2566 1.1 skrll /* Create the .got section. */
2567 1.1 skrll elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
2568 1.1 skrll if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2569 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2570 1.1 skrll }
2571 1.1 skrll
2572 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
2573 1.1 skrll {
2574 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
2575 1.1 skrll
2576 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
2577 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
2578 1.1 skrll abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
2579 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
2580 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2581 1.1 skrll
2582 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
2583 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
2584 1.1 skrll }
2585 1.1 skrll
2586 1.1 skrll {
2587 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
2588 1.1 skrll
2589 1.1 skrll /* Add entry to got. */
2590 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
2591 1.1 skrll ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
2592 1.1 skrll r_symndx, info);
2593 1.1 skrll if (got_entry == NULL)
2594 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2595 1.1 skrll
2596 1.1 skrll if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
2597 1.1 skrll {
2598 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2599 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2600 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1
2601 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2602 1.1 skrll {
2603 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2604 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2605 1.1 skrll }
2606 1.1 skrll }
2607 1.1 skrll }
2608 1.1 skrll
2609 1.1 skrll break;
2610 1.1 skrll
2611 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
2612 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
2613 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
2614 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
2615 1.1.1.6 christos actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
2616 1.1.1.6 christos because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
2617 1.1.1.6 christos never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
2618 1.1.1.6 christos don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
2619 1.1 skrll after all. */
2620 1.1 skrll
2621 1.1 skrll /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
2622 1.1 skrll creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
2623 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2624 1.1 skrll continue;
2625 1.1 skrll
2626 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2627 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2628 1.1 skrll break;
2629 1.1 skrll
2630 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
2631 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
2632 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
2633 1.1 skrll /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
2634 1.1 skrll
2635 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
2636 1.1 skrll {
2637 1.1 skrll /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
2638 1.1 skrll local symbol. FIXME: does it? How to handle it if
2639 1.1 skrll it does make sense? */
2640 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2641 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2642 1.1 skrll }
2643 1.1 skrll
2644 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2645 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2646 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2647 1.1 skrll {
2648 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2649 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2650 1.1 skrll }
2651 1.1 skrll
2652 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 1;
2653 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2654 1.1 skrll break;
2655 1.1 skrll
2656 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC8:
2657 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC16:
2658 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PC32:
2659 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
2660 1.1 skrll symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
2661 1.1 skrll However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
2662 1.1 skrll symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
2663 1.1 skrll link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
2664 1.1 skrll reloc directly. At this point we have not seen all the input
2665 1.1 skrll files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
2666 1.1 skrll will be set later (it is never cleared). We account for that
2667 1.1 skrll possibility below by storing information in the
2668 1.1.1.4 christos pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry. */
2669 1.1 skrll if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
2670 1.1 skrll && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2671 1.1.1.4 christos && h != NULL
2672 1.1 skrll && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
2673 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
2674 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular)))
2675 1.1 skrll {
2676 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2677 1.1 skrll {
2678 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
2679 1.1 skrll it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
2680 1.1 skrll object. */
2681 1.1 skrll h->plt.refcount++;
2682 1.1 skrll }
2683 1.1 skrll break;
2684 1.1 skrll }
2685 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
2686 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
2687 1.1 skrll case R_68K_16:
2688 1.1.1.3 christos case R_68K_32:
2689 1.1.1.3 christos /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
2690 1.1.1.3 christos the "real" output. */
2691 1.1.1.3 christos if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
2692 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2693 1.1 skrll
2694 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2695 1.1 skrll {
2696 1.1 skrll /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
2697 1.1 skrll turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object. */
2698 1.1.1.2 christos h->plt.refcount++;
2699 1.1.1.4 christos
2700 1.1.1.2 christos if (bfd_link_executable (info))
2701 1.1.1.2 christos /* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference. */
2702 1.1 skrll h->non_got_ref = 1;
2703 1.1 skrll }
2704 1.1 skrll
2705 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
2706 1.1.1.6 christos reloc into the shared library. */
2707 1.1.1.6 christos if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2708 1.1.1.6 christos && (h == NULL
2709 1.1 skrll || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
2710 1.1 skrll {
2711 1.1 skrll /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
2712 1.1 skrll reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
2713 1.1 skrll section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
2714 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
2715 1.1.1.2 christos {
2716 1.1.1.2 christos sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
2717 1.1 skrll (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
2718 1.1 skrll
2719 1.1.1.2 christos if (sreloc == NULL)
2720 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2721 1.1 skrll }
2722 1.1 skrll
2723 1.1 skrll if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
2724 1.1 skrll /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
2725 1.1 skrll relocations, they might be discarded later. */
2726 1.1 skrll && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2727 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2728 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
2729 1.1 skrll info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
2730 1.1 skrll
2731 1.1 skrll sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2732 1.1 skrll
2733 1.1 skrll /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
2734 1.1 skrll entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
2735 1.1 skrll again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
2736 1.1 skrll defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
2737 1.1 skrll case, the symbol is forced to be local. Note that this
2738 1.1 skrll function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
2739 1.1 skrll hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
2740 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_entry. */
2741 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
2742 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
2743 1.1 skrll || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
2744 1.1 skrll {
2745 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
2746 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
2747 1.1 skrll
2748 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2749 1.1 skrll {
2750 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
2751 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
2752 1.1 skrll head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
2753 1.1 skrll }
2754 1.1 skrll else
2755 1.1 skrll {
2756 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2757 1.1.1.2 christos void *vpp;
2758 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2759 1.1.1.2 christos
2760 1.1.1.2 christos isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
2761 1.1.1.2 christos abfd, r_symndx);
2762 1.1 skrll if (isym == NULL)
2763 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2764 1.1.1.2 christos
2765 1.1.1.2 christos s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
2766 1.1.1.2 christos if (s == NULL)
2767 1.1.1.2 christos s = sec;
2768 1.1 skrll
2769 1.1 skrll vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
2770 1.1 skrll head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
2771 1.1 skrll }
2772 1.1 skrll
2773 1.1 skrll for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2774 1.1 skrll if (p->section == sreloc)
2775 1.1 skrll break;
2776 1.1 skrll
2777 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2778 1.1 skrll {
2779 1.1 skrll p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
2780 1.1 skrll bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
2781 1.1 skrll if (p == NULL)
2782 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2783 1.1 skrll p->next = *head;
2784 1.1 skrll *head = p;
2785 1.1 skrll p->section = sreloc;
2786 1.1 skrll p->count = 0;
2787 1.1 skrll }
2788 1.1 skrll
2789 1.1 skrll ++p->count;
2790 1.1 skrll }
2791 1.1 skrll }
2792 1.1 skrll
2793 1.1 skrll break;
2794 1.1 skrll
2795 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
2796 1.1 skrll Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
2797 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2798 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
2799 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2800 1.1 skrll break;
2801 1.1 skrll
2802 1.1 skrll /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
2803 1.1 skrll used. Record for later use during GC. */
2804 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2805 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
2806 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
2807 1.1 skrll && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
2808 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2809 1.1 skrll break;
2810 1.1 skrll
2811 1.1 skrll default:
2812 1.1 skrll break;
2813 1.1 skrll }
2814 1.1 skrll }
2815 1.1 skrll
2816 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2817 1.1 skrll }
2818 1.1 skrll
2819 1.1 skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
2820 1.1 skrll relocation. */
2821 1.1 skrll
2822 1.1 skrll static asection *
2823 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
2824 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info,
2825 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
2826 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2827 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
2828 1.1 skrll {
2829 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
2830 1.1 skrll switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
2831 1.1 skrll {
2832 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
2833 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
2834 1.1 skrll return NULL;
2835 1.1 skrll }
2836 1.1 skrll
2837 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
2838 1.1 skrll }
2839 1.1 skrll
2840 1.1 skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD. */
2842 1.1 skrll
2843 1.1 skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
2844 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
2845 1.1 skrll {
2846 1.1 skrll unsigned int features;
2847 1.1 skrll
2848 1.1 skrll features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
2849 1.1 skrll if (features & cpu32)
2850 1.1 skrll return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
2851 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_b)
2852 1.1 skrll return &elf_isab_plt_info;
2853 1.1 skrll if (features & mcfisa_c)
2854 1.1 skrll return &elf_isac_plt_info;
2855 1.1 skrll return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
2856 1.1 skrll }
2857 1.1 skrll
2858 1.1 skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
2859 1.1 skrll and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
2860 1.1 skrll It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
2861 1.1 skrll
2862 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
2863 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2864 1.1 skrll {
2865 1.1 skrll /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
2866 1.1 skrll sections. */
2867 1.1 skrll if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
2868 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2869 1.1 skrll
2870 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
2871 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2872 1.1 skrll }
2873 1.1 skrll
2874 1.1 skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2875 1.1 skrll regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2876 1.1 skrll dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2877 1.1 skrll change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2878 1.1 skrll understand. */
2879 1.1.1.3 christos
2880 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
2881 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2882 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2883 1.1 skrll {
2884 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
2885 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
2886 1.1 skrll asection *s;
2887 1.1.1.6 christos
2888 1.1 skrll htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
2889 1.1 skrll dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
2890 1.1 skrll
2891 1.1 skrll /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2892 1.1.1.6 christos BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
2893 1.1 skrll && (h->needs_plt
2894 1.1 skrll || h->is_weakalias
2895 1.1 skrll || (h->def_dynamic
2896 1.1 skrll && h->ref_regular
2897 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)));
2898 1.1 skrll
2899 1.1 skrll /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2900 1.1 skrll will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2901 1.1 skrll when we know the address of the .got section. */
2902 1.1 skrll if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2903 1.1 skrll || h->needs_plt)
2904 1.1.1.6 christos {
2905 1.1.1.6 christos if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
2906 1.1.1.6 christos || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2907 1.1 skrll || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2908 1.1 skrll || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
2909 1.1 skrll && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2910 1.1 skrll /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
2911 1.1 skrll by a PLTxxO relocation. In this case we already recorded
2912 1.1 skrll it as a dynamic symbol. */
2913 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx == -1)
2914 1.1 skrll {
2915 1.1 skrll /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
2916 1.1 skrll file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2917 1.1 skrll object, or if all references were garbage collected. In
2918 1.1 skrll such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
2919 1.1 skrll linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead. */
2920 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2921 1.1 skrll h->needs_plt = 0;
2922 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2923 1.1 skrll }
2924 1.1 skrll
2925 1.1 skrll /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
2926 1.1 skrll if (h->dynindx == -1
2927 1.1 skrll && !h->forced_local)
2928 1.1 skrll {
2929 1.1 skrll if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2930 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
2931 1.1.1.6 christos }
2932 1.1 skrll
2933 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.splt;
2934 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2935 1.1 skrll
2936 1.1 skrll /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2937 1.1 skrll first entry. */
2938 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
2939 1.1 skrll s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
2940 1.1 skrll
2941 1.1 skrll /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2942 1.1 skrll not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2943 1.1 skrll location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2944 1.1.1.4 christos pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2945 1.1 skrll the shared library. */
2946 1.1 skrll if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2947 1.1 skrll && !h->def_regular)
2948 1.1 skrll {
2949 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = s;
2950 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
2951 1.1 skrll }
2952 1.1 skrll
2953 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = s->size;
2954 1.1 skrll
2955 1.1 skrll /* Make room for this entry. */
2956 1.1 skrll s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
2957 1.1 skrll
2958 1.1.1.6 christos /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
2959 1.1 skrll will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
2960 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.sgotplt;
2961 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2962 1.1 skrll s->size += 4;
2963 1.1.1.6 christos
2964 1.1 skrll /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
2965 1.1 skrll s = htab->root.srelplt;
2966 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2967 1.1 skrll s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2968 1.1 skrll
2969 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2970 1.1 skrll }
2971 1.1 skrll
2972 1.1 skrll /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
2973 1.1 skrll count any more. */
2974 1.1 skrll h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2975 1.1 skrll
2976 1.1 skrll /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2977 1.1.1.6 christos processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2978 1.1 skrll real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2979 1.1.1.6 christos if (h->is_weakalias)
2980 1.1.1.6 christos {
2981 1.1.1.6 christos struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
2982 1.1.1.6 christos BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
2983 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
2984 1.1 skrll h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
2985 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
2986 1.1 skrll }
2987 1.1 skrll
2988 1.1 skrll /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2989 1.1 skrll is not a function. */
2990 1.1 skrll
2991 1.1 skrll /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2992 1.1 skrll only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2993 1.1.1.4 christos For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2994 1.1 skrll be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2995 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2996 1.1.1.2 christos return TRUE;
2997 1.1.1.2 christos
2998 1.1.1.2 christos /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2999 1.1.1.2 christos GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
3000 1.1.1.2 christos if (!h->non_got_ref)
3001 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3002 1.1 skrll
3003 1.1 skrll /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
3004 1.1 skrll become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
3005 1.1 skrll an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
3006 1.1 skrll object will contain position independent code, so all references
3007 1.1 skrll from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
3008 1.1 skrll offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
3009 1.1 skrll determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
3010 1.1 skrll both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
3011 1.1.1.3 christos same memory location for the variable. */
3012 1.1 skrll
3013 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
3014 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3015 1.1 skrll
3016 1.1 skrll /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
3017 1.1 skrll copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
3018 1.1.1.3 christos runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
3019 1.1 skrll .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
3020 1.1 skrll if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
3021 1.1 skrll {
3022 1.1.1.3 christos asection *srel;
3023 1.1 skrll
3024 1.1 skrll srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
3025 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
3026 1.1 skrll srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3027 1.1 skrll h->needs_copy = 1;
3028 1.1.1.4 christos }
3029 1.1 skrll
3030 1.1 skrll return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
3031 1.1 skrll }
3032 1.1 skrll
3033 1.1 skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3034 1.1.1.3 christos
3035 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3036 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3037 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info)
3038 1.1 skrll {
3039 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
3040 1.1 skrll asection *s;
3041 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean plt;
3042 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean relocs;
3043 1.1 skrll
3044 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
3045 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3046 1.1 skrll
3047 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3048 1.1.1.4 christos {
3049 1.1 skrll /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3050 1.1.1.3 christos if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3051 1.1 skrll {
3052 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3053 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3054 1.1 skrll s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3055 1.1 skrll s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3056 1.1 skrll }
3057 1.1 skrll }
3058 1.1 skrll else
3059 1.1 skrll {
3060 1.1 skrll /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
3061 1.1 skrll However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
3062 1.1 skrll not actually use these entries. Reset the size of .rela.got,
3063 1.1.1.6 christos which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
3064 1.1 skrll below. */
3065 1.1 skrll s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
3066 1.1 skrll if (s != NULL)
3067 1.1 skrll s->size = 0;
3068 1.1 skrll }
3069 1.1 skrll
3070 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
3071 1.1 skrll PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
3072 1.1 skrll For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
3073 1.1 skrll against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
3074 1.1.1.4 christos We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
3075 1.1 skrll will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine. */
3076 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3077 1.1.1.3 christos elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
3078 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies,
3079 1.1 skrll info);
3080 1.1 skrll
3081 1.1 skrll /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
3082 1.1 skrll determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
3083 1.1 skrll memory for them. */
3084 1.1 skrll plt = FALSE;
3085 1.1 skrll relocs = FALSE;
3086 1.1 skrll for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3087 1.1 skrll {
3088 1.1 skrll const char *name;
3089 1.1 skrll
3090 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3091 1.1 skrll continue;
3092 1.1 skrll
3093 1.1 skrll /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
3094 1.1 skrll of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
3095 1.1 skrll name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
3096 1.1 skrll
3097 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3098 1.1 skrll {
3099 1.1 skrll /* Remember whether there is a PLT. */
3100 1.1 skrll plt = s->size != 0;
3101 1.1 skrll }
3102 1.1 skrll else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
3103 1.1 skrll {
3104 1.1 skrll if (s->size != 0)
3105 1.1 skrll {
3106 1.1 skrll relocs = TRUE;
3107 1.1 skrll
3108 1.1 skrll /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3109 1.1 skrll to copy relocs into the output file. */
3110 1.1 skrll s->reloc_count = 0;
3111 1.1 skrll }
3112 1.1 skrll }
3113 1.1 skrll else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
3114 1.1 skrll && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
3115 1.1 skrll {
3116 1.1 skrll /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3117 1.1 skrll continue;
3118 1.1 skrll }
3119 1.1 skrll
3120 1.1 skrll if (s->size == 0)
3121 1.1 skrll {
3122 1.1 skrll /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3123 1.1 skrll output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3124 1.1 skrll .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3125 1.1 skrll create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3126 1.1 skrll before the linker maps input sections to output
3127 1.1 skrll sections. The linker does that before
3128 1.1 skrll adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3129 1.1 skrll function which decides whether anything needs to go
3130 1.1 skrll into these sections. */
3131 1.1 skrll s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3132 1.1 skrll continue;
3133 1.1 skrll }
3134 1.1 skrll
3135 1.1 skrll if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3136 1.1 skrll continue;
3137 1.1 skrll
3138 1.1 skrll /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
3139 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
3140 1.1 skrll Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
3141 1.1 skrll are written out, but at the moment this does not happen. Thus in
3142 1.1 skrll order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
3143 1.1 skrll contents to zero. */
3144 1.1 skrll s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3145 1.1 skrll if (s->contents == NULL)
3146 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3147 1.1 skrll }
3148 1.1 skrll
3149 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3150 1.1 skrll {
3151 1.1 skrll /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3152 1.1 skrll values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3153 1.1 skrll must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3154 1.1 skrll the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3155 1.1 skrll dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3156 1.1 skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3157 1.1.1.4 christos _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3158 1.1 skrll
3159 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3160 1.1 skrll {
3161 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3162 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3163 1.1 skrll }
3164 1.1 skrll
3165 1.1 skrll if (plt)
3166 1.1 skrll {
3167 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3168 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3169 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3170 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3171 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3172 1.1 skrll }
3173 1.1 skrll
3174 1.1 skrll if (relocs)
3175 1.1 skrll {
3176 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3177 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3178 1.1 skrll || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3179 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3180 1.1 skrll }
3181 1.1 skrll
3182 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3183 1.1 skrll {
3184 1.1 skrll if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3185 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3186 1.1 skrll }
3187 1.1 skrll }
3188 1.1 skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
3189 1.1 skrll
3190 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3191 1.1 skrll }
3192 1.1 skrll
3193 1.1 skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
3194 1.1 skrll creating a shared object. In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
3195 1.1 skrll space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
3196 1.1 skrll are defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, it
3197 1.1 skrll discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
3198 1.1 skrll symbol visibility changes. We allocated space for them in the
3199 1.1 skrll check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
3200 1.1 skrll relocate_section routine.
3201 1.1 skrll
3202 1.1 skrll We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
3203 1.1 skrll against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
3204 1.1 skrll case. */
3205 1.1.1.3 christos
3206 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3207 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3208 1.1 skrll void * inf)
3209 1.1 skrll {
3210 1.1 skrll struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3211 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
3212 1.1 skrll
3213 1.1 skrll if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3214 1.1 skrll {
3215 1.1 skrll if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3216 1.1 skrll {
3217 1.1 skrll /* Look for relocations against read-only sections. */
3218 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3219 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3220 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3221 1.1 skrll if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3222 1.1 skrll {
3223 1.1 skrll info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3224 1.1 skrll break;
3225 1.1 skrll }
3226 1.1.1.3 christos }
3227 1.1.1.3 christos
3228 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
3229 1.1.1.3 christos in PIEs. */
3230 1.1.1.3 christos if (h->non_got_ref
3231 1.1.1.3 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3232 1.1.1.3 christos && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3233 1.1.1.3 christos && h->dynindx == -1
3234 1.1.1.3 christos && !h->forced_local)
3235 1.1.1.3 christos {
3236 1.1.1.3 christos if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3237 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
3238 1.1 skrll }
3239 1.1 skrll
3240 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3241 1.1 skrll }
3242 1.1 skrll
3243 1.1 skrll for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
3244 1.1 skrll s != NULL;
3245 1.1 skrll s = s->next)
3246 1.1 skrll s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3247 1.1 skrll
3248 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3249 1.1.1.2 christos }
3250 1.1.1.2 christos
3251 1.1.1.2 christos
3252 1.1.1.2 christos /* Install relocation RELA. */
3253 1.1.1.2 christos
3254 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3255 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
3256 1.1.1.2 christos asection *srela,
3257 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
3258 1.1.1.2 christos {
3259 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_byte *loc;
3260 1.1.1.2 christos
3261 1.1.1.2 christos loc = srela->contents;
3262 1.1.1.2 christos loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3263 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
3264 1.1.1.2 christos }
3265 1.1.1.2 christos
3266 1.1.1.2 christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
3267 1.1.1.2 christos for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
3268 1.1.1.2 christos
3269 1.1.1.2 christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
3270 1.1.1.2 christos #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
3271 1.1.1.2 christos
3272 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
3273 1.1.1.2 christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3274 1.1.1.2 christos {
3275 1.1.1.2 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3276 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3277 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
3278 1.1.1.2 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
3279 1.1.1.2 christos }
3280 1.1.1.2 christos
3281 1.1.1.2 christos static bfd_vma
3282 1.1.1.2 christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
3283 1.1.1.2 christos {
3284 1.1.1.2 christos /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
3285 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
3286 1.1.1.2 christos return 0;
3287 1.1.1.2 christos return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
3288 1.1.1.2 christos }
3289 1.1.1.2 christos
3290 1.1.1.2 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
3291 1.1.1.2 christos This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section. */
3292 1.1.1.2 christos
3293 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3294 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3295 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3296 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3297 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgot,
3298 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3299 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation)
3300 1.1.1.2 christos {
3301 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3302 1.1.1.2 christos {
3303 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3304 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3305 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3306 1.1.1.2 christos
3307 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3308 1.1.1.2 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3309 1.1.1.2 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3310 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3311 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3312 1.1.1.2 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3313 1.1.1.2 christos
3314 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3315 1.1.1.2 christos /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable. */
3316 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3317 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3318 1.1.1.2 christos
3319 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3320 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
3321 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3322 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3323 1.1.1.2 christos
3324 1.1.1.2 christos default:
3325 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3326 1.1.1.2 christos }
3327 1.1.1.2 christos }
3328 1.1.1.2 christos
3329 1.1.1.2 christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
3330 1.1.1.2 christos during dynamic link.
3331 1.1.1.2 christos This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
3332 1.1.1.2 christos or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
3333 1.1.1.2 christos
3334 1.1.1.2 christos static void
3335 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3336 1.1.1.2 christos bfd *output_bfd,
3337 1.1.1.2 christos enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
3338 1.1.1.2 christos asection *sgot,
3339 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
3340 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation,
3341 1.1.1.2 christos asection *srela)
3342 1.1.1.2 christos {
3343 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3344 1.1.1.2 christos
3345 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
3346 1.1.1.2 christos {
3347 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3348 1.1.1.2 christos /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
3349 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
3350 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
3351 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation;
3352 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3353 1.1.1.2 christos
3354 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3355 1.1.1.2 christos /* We know the offset within the module,
3356 1.1.1.2 christos put it into the second GOT slot. */
3357 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
3358 1.1.1.2 christos sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
3359 1.1.1.2 christos /* FALLTHRU */
3360 1.1.1.2 christos
3361 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3362 1.1.1.2 christos /* We don't know the module number,
3363 1.1.1.2 christos create a relocation for it. */
3364 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
3365 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = 0;
3366 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3367 1.1.1.2 christos
3368 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3369 1.1.1.2 christos /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
3370 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
3371 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
3372 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
3373 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3374 1.1.1.2 christos
3375 1.1.1.2 christos default:
3376 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
3377 1.1.1.2 christos }
3378 1.1.1.2 christos
3379 1.1.1.2 christos /* Offset of the GOT entry. */
3380 1.1.1.2 christos outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
3381 1.1.1.2 christos + sgot->output_offset
3382 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset);
3383 1.1.1.2 christos
3384 1.1.1.2 christos /* Install one of the above relocations. */
3385 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
3386 1.1.1.2 christos
3387 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
3388 1.1 skrll }
3389 1.1 skrll
3390 1.1 skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section. */
3391 1.1.1.3 christos
3392 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
3393 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
3394 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
3395 1.1.1.3 christos bfd *input_bfd,
3396 1.1.1.3 christos asection *input_section,
3397 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_byte *contents,
3398 1.1.1.3 christos Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3399 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3400 1.1 skrll asection **local_sections)
3401 1.1 skrll {
3402 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3403 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3404 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
3405 1.1.1.2 christos asection *splt;
3406 1.1 skrll asection *sreloc;
3407 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
3408 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got *got;
3409 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
3410 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
3411 1.1 skrll
3412 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
3413 1.1 skrll sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3414 1.1 skrll
3415 1.1 skrll sgot = NULL;
3416 1.1.1.2 christos splt = NULL;
3417 1.1 skrll sreloc = NULL;
3418 1.1 skrll srela = NULL;
3419 1.1 skrll
3420 1.1 skrll got = NULL;
3421 1.1 skrll
3422 1.1 skrll rel = relocs;
3423 1.1 skrll relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3424 1.1 skrll for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3425 1.1 skrll {
3426 1.1 skrll int r_type;
3427 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *howto;
3428 1.1 skrll unsigned long r_symndx;
3429 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3430 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3431 1.1 skrll asection *sec;
3432 1.1 skrll bfd_vma relocation;
3433 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
3434 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3435 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero;
3436 1.1 skrll
3437 1.1 skrll r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3438 1.1 skrll if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
3439 1.1 skrll {
3440 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3441 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3442 1.1 skrll }
3443 1.1 skrll howto = howto_table + r_type;
3444 1.1 skrll
3445 1.1 skrll r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3446 1.1 skrll
3447 1.1 skrll h = NULL;
3448 1.1 skrll sym = NULL;
3449 1.1 skrll sec = NULL;
3450 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3451 1.1 skrll
3452 1.1 skrll if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3453 1.1 skrll {
3454 1.1 skrll sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3455 1.1 skrll sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3456 1.1 skrll relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3457 1.1 skrll }
3458 1.1.1.4 christos else
3459 1.1 skrll {
3460 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
3461 1.1 skrll
3462 1.1 skrll RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
3463 1.1.1.4 christos r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
3464 1.1 skrll h, sec, relocation,
3465 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
3466 1.1.1.3 christos }
3467 1.1.1.2 christos
3468 1.1.1.3 christos if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3469 1.1 skrll RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
3470 1.1.1.4 christos rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
3471 1.1 skrll
3472 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3473 1.1.1.6 christos continue;
3474 1.1.1.6 christos
3475 1.1.1.6 christos resolved_to_zero = (h != NULL
3476 1.1 skrll && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
3477 1.1 skrll
3478 1.1 skrll switch (r_type)
3479 1.1 skrll {
3480 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8:
3481 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT16:
3482 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT32:
3483 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
3484 1.1 skrll in the global offset table. */
3485 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL
3486 1.1 skrll && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
3487 1.1 skrll {
3488 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3489 1.1 skrll {
3490 1.1 skrll bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
3491 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_vma got_offset;
3492 1.1 skrll
3493 1.1.1.6 christos sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
3494 1.1 skrll
3495 1.1.1.6 christos if (sgot != NULL)
3496 1.1.1.6 christos sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
3497 1.1.1.6 christos else
3498 1.1.1.6 christos /* In this case we have a reference to
3499 1.1.1.6 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
3500 1.1.1.6 christos empty.
3501 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3502 1.1 skrll sgot_output_offset = 0;
3503 1.1 skrll
3504 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3505 1.1 skrll {
3506 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
3507 1.1 skrll
3508 1.1 skrll bfd2got_entry
3509 1.1 skrll = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3510 1.1 skrll input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
3511 1.1 skrll
3512 1.1 skrll if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
3513 1.1 skrll {
3514 1.1 skrll got = bfd2got_entry->got;
3515 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3516 1.1 skrll
3517 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3518 1.1 skrll }
3519 1.1 skrll else
3520 1.1 skrll /* In this case we have a reference to
3521 1.1 skrll _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
3522 1.1 skrll accessing any GOT entries.
3523 1.1 skrll ??? Issue a warning? */
3524 1.1 skrll got_offset = 0;
3525 1.1 skrll }
3526 1.1 skrll else
3527 1.1 skrll got_offset = got->offset;
3528 1.1 skrll
3529 1.1 skrll /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
3530 1.1 skrll assigned to input_bfd. */
3531 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
3532 1.1 skrll }
3533 1.1 skrll else
3534 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
3535 1.1 skrll
3536 1.1 skrll break;
3537 1.1 skrll }
3538 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
3539 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GOT8O:
3540 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT16O:
3541 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
3542 1.1.1.2 christos
3543 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
3544 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
3545 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
3546 1.1.1.2 christos
3547 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
3548 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
3549 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
3550 1.1.1.2 christos
3551 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
3552 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
3553 1.1 skrll case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
3554 1.1 skrll
3555 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3556 1.1 skrll the global offset table. */
3557 1.1 skrll
3558 1.1 skrll {
3559 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
3560 1.1 skrll bfd_vma *off_ptr;
3561 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_vma off;
3562 1.1.1.6 christos
3563 1.1 skrll sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
3564 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
3565 1.1 skrll
3566 1.1 skrll if (got == NULL)
3567 1.1 skrll {
3568 1.1 skrll got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
3569 1.1 skrll input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
3570 1.1 skrll NULL)->got;
3571 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
3572 1.1 skrll }
3573 1.1.1.2 christos
3574 1.1.1.2 christos /* Get GOT offset for this symbol. */
3575 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
3576 1.1 skrll r_type);
3577 1.1 skrll off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
3578 1.1 skrll NULL)->u.s2.offset;
3579 1.1.1.2 christos off = *off_ptr;
3580 1.1.1.2 christos
3581 1.1.1.2 christos /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
3582 1.1.1.2 christos the least significant bit to record whether we have
3583 1.1.1.2 christos already generated the necessary reloc. */
3584 1.1.1.2 christos if ((off & 1) != 0)
3585 1.1 skrll off &= ~1;
3586 1.1.1.2 christos else
3587 1.1.1.2 christos {
3588 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL
3589 1.1.1.2 christos /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
3590 1.1.1.2 christos which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
3591 1.1 skrll itself. */
3592 1.1.1.2 christos && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
3593 1.1.1.2 christos {
3594 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean dyn;
3595 1.1.1.4 christos
3596 1.1.1.4 christos dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3597 1.1.1.4 christos if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
3598 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_link_pic (info),
3599 1.1.1.2 christos h)
3600 1.1.1.6 christos || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3601 1.1.1.6 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3602 1.1.1.2 christos || ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
3603 1.1 skrll || resolved_to_zero)
3604 1.1.1.2 christos && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3605 1.1.1.2 christos {
3606 1.1.1.2 christos /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
3607 1.1.1.2 christos -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
3608 1.1.1.2 christos locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
3609 1.1.1.2 christos because of a version file. We must initialize
3610 1.1.1.2 christos this entry in the global offset table. Since
3611 1.1.1.2 christos the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
3612 1.1.1.2 christos use the least significant bit to record whether
3613 1.1.1.2 christos we have initialized it already.
3614 1.1.1.2 christos
3615 1.1.1.2 christos When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
3616 1.1.1.2 christos relocation entry to initialize the value. This
3617 1.1.1.2 christos is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
3618 1.1.1.2 christos
3619 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3620 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3621 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3622 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3623 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3624 1.1 skrll relocation);
3625 1.1 skrll
3626 1.1.1.2 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3627 1.1.1.2 christos }
3628 1.1 skrll else
3629 1.1.1.4 christos unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3630 1.1.1.2 christos }
3631 1.1 skrll else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
3632 1.1.1.6 christos /* Process local symbol during dynamic link. */
3633 1.1.1.6 christos {
3634 1.1 skrll srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
3635 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
3636 1.1.1.2 christos
3637 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
3638 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3639 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3640 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3641 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3642 1.1.1.2 christos relocation,
3643 1.1.1.2 christos srela);
3644 1.1.1.2 christos
3645 1.1.1.4 christos *off_ptr |= 1;
3646 1.1.1.2 christos }
3647 1.1.1.2 christos else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
3648 1.1.1.2 christos {
3649 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
3650 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
3651 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
3652 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
3653 1.1.1.2 christos off,
3654 1.1 skrll relocation);
3655 1.1 skrll
3656 1.1 skrll *off_ptr |= 1;
3657 1.1 skrll }
3658 1.1.1.2 christos }
3659 1.1.1.2 christos
3660 1.1.1.2 christos /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
3661 1.1.1.2 christos because this is the only place where difference between
3662 1.1 skrll R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters. */
3663 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
3664 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
3665 1.1.1.2 christos || r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
3666 1.1.1.2 christos || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
3667 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
3668 1.1 skrll || elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
3669 1.1 skrll {
3670 1.1 skrll /* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
3671 1.1 skrll of local GOT. Adjust the offset accordingly. */
3672 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
3673 1.1 skrll || off >= got->offset);
3674 1.1 skrll
3675 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
3676 1.1 skrll relocation = off - got->offset;
3677 1.1 skrll else
3678 1.1 skrll {
3679 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
3680 1.1 skrll relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
3681 1.1 skrll }
3682 1.1 skrll
3683 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3684 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3685 1.1 skrll }
3686 1.1 skrll else
3687 1.1 skrll relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
3688 1.1 skrll + off);
3689 1.1 skrll }
3690 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3691 1.1.1.2 christos
3692 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
3693 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
3694 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
3695 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
3696 1.1.1.2 christos break;
3697 1.1.1.2 christos
3698 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
3699 1.1.1.4 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
3700 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
3701 1.1.1.6 christos if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3702 1.1.1.6 christos {
3703 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3704 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3705 1.1.1.7 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3706 1.1.1.7 christos "%s relocation not permitted in shared object"),
3707 1.1.1.2 christos input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3708 1.1.1.2 christos howto->name);
3709 1.1.1.2 christos
3710 1.1.1.2 christos return FALSE;
3711 1.1.1.2 christos }
3712 1.1.1.2 christos else
3713 1.1.1.2 christos relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
3714 1.1.1.2 christos
3715 1.1 skrll break;
3716 1.1 skrll
3717 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8:
3718 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16:
3719 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32:
3720 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
3721 1.1 skrll procedure linkage table. */
3722 1.1 skrll
3723 1.1 skrll /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
3724 1.1 skrll without using the procedure linkage table. */
3725 1.1 skrll if (h == NULL)
3726 1.1 skrll break;
3727 1.1 skrll
3728 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
3729 1.1 skrll || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
3730 1.1 skrll {
3731 1.1 skrll /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
3732 1.1 skrll happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
3733 1.1 skrll using -Bsymbolic. */
3734 1.1 skrll break;
3735 1.1.1.6 christos }
3736 1.1.1.6 christos
3737 1.1 skrll splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
3738 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3739 1.1 skrll
3740 1.1 skrll relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
3741 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
3742 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset);
3743 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3744 1.1 skrll break;
3745 1.1 skrll
3746 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT8O:
3747 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT16O:
3748 1.1 skrll case R_68K_PLT32O:
3749 1.1 skrll /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
3750 1.1 skrll the procedure linkage table. */
3751 1.1.1.6 christos BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3752 1.1.1.6 christos
3753 1.1 skrll splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
3754 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
3755 1.1 skrll
3756 1.1 skrll relocation = h->plt.offset;
3757 1.1 skrll unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
3758 1.1 skrll
3759 1.1 skrll /* This relocation does not use the addend. */
3760 1.1 skrll rel->r_addend = 0;
3761 1.1 skrll
3762 1.1 skrll break;
3763 1.1 skrll
3764 1.1 skrll case R_68K_8:
3765 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_16:
3766 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_32:
3767 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_PC8:
3768 1.1.1.4 christos case R_68K_PC16:
3769 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_PC32:
3770 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3771 1.1 skrll && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3772 1.1.1.6 christos && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3773 1.1.1.6 christos && (h == NULL
3774 1.1 skrll || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3775 1.1 skrll && !resolved_to_zero)
3776 1.1 skrll || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3777 1.1 skrll && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
3778 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type != R_68K_PC16
3779 1.1 skrll && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
3780 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
3781 1.1 skrll {
3782 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3783 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
3784 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
3785 1.1 skrll
3786 1.1 skrll /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
3787 1.1 skrll are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
3788 1.1 skrll time. */
3789 1.1 skrll
3790 1.1 skrll skip = FALSE;
3791 1.1 skrll relocate = FALSE;
3792 1.1 skrll
3793 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset =
3794 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
3795 1.1 skrll rel->r_offset);
3796 1.1 skrll if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
3797 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE;
3798 1.1 skrll else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
3799 1.1 skrll skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
3800 1.1 skrll outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
3801 1.1 skrll + input_section->output_offset);
3802 1.1 skrll
3803 1.1 skrll if (skip)
3804 1.1 skrll memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
3805 1.1 skrll else if (h != NULL
3806 1.1 skrll && h->dynindx != -1
3807 1.1 skrll && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
3808 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_68K_PC16
3809 1.1.1.4 christos || r_type == R_68K_PC32
3810 1.1 skrll || !bfd_link_pic (info)
3811 1.1 skrll || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
3812 1.1 skrll || !h->def_regular))
3813 1.1 skrll {
3814 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
3815 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
3816 1.1 skrll }
3817 1.1 skrll else
3818 1.1 skrll {
3819 1.1 skrll /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local. */
3820 1.1 skrll outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
3821 1.1 skrll
3822 1.1 skrll if (r_type == R_68K_32)
3823 1.1 skrll {
3824 1.1 skrll relocate = TRUE;
3825 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
3826 1.1 skrll }
3827 1.1 skrll else
3828 1.1 skrll {
3829 1.1 skrll long indx;
3830 1.1 skrll
3831 1.1 skrll if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
3832 1.1 skrll indx = 0;
3833 1.1 skrll else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
3834 1.1 skrll {
3835 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3836 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3837 1.1 skrll }
3838 1.1 skrll else
3839 1.1 skrll {
3840 1.1 skrll asection *osec;
3841 1.1 skrll
3842 1.1 skrll /* We are turning this relocation into one
3843 1.1 skrll against a section symbol. It would be
3844 1.1 skrll proper to subtract the symbol's value,
3845 1.1 skrll osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
3846 1.1 skrll but ld.so expects buggy relocs. */
3847 1.1 skrll osec = sec->output_section;
3848 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
3849 1.1 skrll if (indx == 0)
3850 1.1 skrll {
3851 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3852 1.1 skrll htab = elf_hash_table (info);
3853 1.1 skrll osec = htab->text_index_section;
3854 1.1 skrll indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
3855 1.1 skrll }
3856 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
3857 1.1 skrll }
3858 1.1 skrll
3859 1.1 skrll outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
3860 1.1 skrll }
3861 1.1 skrll }
3862 1.1 skrll
3863 1.1 skrll sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
3864 1.1 skrll if (sreloc == NULL)
3865 1.1 skrll abort ();
3866 1.1 skrll
3867 1.1 skrll loc = sreloc->contents;
3868 1.1 skrll loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3869 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
3870 1.1.1.6 christos
3871 1.1.1.6 christos /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
3872 1.1.1.6 christos need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
3873 1.1 skrll relocations that have been turned into
3874 1.1 skrll R_68K_RELATIVE. */
3875 1.1 skrll if (!relocate)
3876 1.1 skrll continue;
3877 1.1 skrll }
3878 1.1 skrll
3879 1.1 skrll break;
3880 1.1 skrll
3881 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3882 1.1 skrll case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
3883 1.1 skrll /* These are no-ops in the end. */
3884 1.1 skrll continue;
3885 1.1 skrll
3886 1.1 skrll default:
3887 1.1 skrll break;
3888 1.1 skrll }
3889 1.1 skrll
3890 1.1 skrll /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
3891 1.1 skrll because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
3892 1.1 skrll not process them. */
3893 1.1.1.3 christos if (unresolved_reloc
3894 1.1.1.3 christos && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
3895 1.1.1.3 christos && h->def_dynamic)
3896 1.1 skrll && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
3897 1.1.1.6 christos rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
3898 1.1.1.6 christos {
3899 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3900 1.1.1.7 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3901 1.1 skrll (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): "
3902 1.1 skrll "unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
3903 1.1.1.7 christos input_bfd,
3904 1.1 skrll input_section,
3905 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3906 1.1 skrll howto->name,
3907 1.1 skrll h->root.root.string);
3908 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3909 1.1.1.2 christos }
3910 1.1.1.2 christos
3911 1.1.1.2 christos if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
3912 1.1.1.2 christos && r_type != R_68K_NONE
3913 1.1.1.2 christos && (h == NULL
3914 1.1.1.2 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3915 1.1.1.2 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3916 1.1.1.2 christos {
3917 1.1.1.2 christos char sym_type;
3918 1.1.1.2 christos
3919 1.1.1.2 christos sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
3920 1.1.1.2 christos
3921 1.1.1.2 christos if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
3922 1.1.1.2 christos {
3923 1.1.1.2 christos const char *name;
3924 1.1.1.2 christos
3925 1.1.1.2 christos if (h != NULL)
3926 1.1.1.2 christos name = h->root.root.string;
3927 1.1.1.2 christos else
3928 1.1.1.2 christos {
3929 1.1.1.2 christos name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3930 1.1.1.2 christos (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
3931 1.1.1.2 christos if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
3932 1.1.1.2 christos name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3933 1.1.1.6 christos }
3934 1.1.1.2 christos
3935 1.1.1.6 christos _bfd_error_handler
3936 1.1.1.7 christos ((sym_type == STT_TLS
3937 1.1.1.6 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3938 1.1.1.7 christos ? _("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
3939 1.1.1.2 christos /* xgettext:c-format */
3940 1.1.1.2 christos : _("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
3941 1.1.1.7 christos input_bfd,
3942 1.1.1.2 christos input_section,
3943 1.1.1.2 christos (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
3944 1.1.1.2 christos howto->name,
3945 1.1.1.2 christos name);
3946 1.1.1.2 christos }
3947 1.1 skrll }
3948 1.1 skrll
3949 1.1 skrll r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
3950 1.1 skrll contents, rel->r_offset,
3951 1.1 skrll relocation, rel->r_addend);
3952 1.1 skrll
3953 1.1 skrll if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3954 1.1 skrll {
3955 1.1 skrll const char *name;
3956 1.1 skrll
3957 1.1 skrll if (h != NULL)
3958 1.1 skrll name = h->root.root.string;
3959 1.1 skrll else
3960 1.1 skrll {
3961 1.1 skrll name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
3962 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_link,
3963 1.1 skrll sym->st_name);
3964 1.1 skrll if (name == NULL)
3965 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3966 1.1 skrll if (*name == '\0')
3967 1.1 skrll name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3968 1.1 skrll }
3969 1.1.1.5 christos
3970 1.1.1.5 christos if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
3971 1.1.1.5 christos (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
3972 1.1 skrll (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
3973 1.1 skrll (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
3974 1.1.1.6 christos else
3975 1.1.1.6 christos {
3976 1.1.1.7 christos _bfd_error_handler
3977 1.1 skrll /* xgettext:c-format */
3978 1.1.1.7 christos (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
3979 1.1 skrll input_bfd, input_section,
3980 1.1 skrll (uint64_t) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
3981 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
3982 1.1 skrll }
3983 1.1 skrll }
3984 1.1 skrll }
3985 1.1 skrll
3986 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
3987 1.1 skrll }
3988 1.1 skrll
3989 1.1 skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
3990 1.1 skrll into section SEC. */
3991 1.1 skrll
3992 1.1 skrll static void
3993 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
3994 1.1 skrll {
3995 1.1 skrll /* Make VALUE PC-relative. */
3996 1.1 skrll value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
3997 1.1 skrll
3998 1.1 skrll /* Apply any in-place addend. */
3999 1.1 skrll value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
4000 1.1 skrll
4001 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
4002 1.1 skrll }
4003 1.1 skrll
4004 1.1 skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
4005 1.1 skrll dynamic sections here. */
4006 1.1.1.3 christos
4007 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4008 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
4009 1.1.1.3 christos struct bfd_link_info *info,
4010 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4011 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4012 1.1 skrll {
4013 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4014 1.1 skrll
4015 1.1 skrll dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4016 1.1 skrll
4017 1.1 skrll if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4018 1.1 skrll {
4019 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4020 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4021 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4022 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4023 1.1 skrll bfd_vma plt_index;
4024 1.1 skrll bfd_vma got_offset;
4025 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4026 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4027 1.1 skrll
4028 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
4029 1.1 skrll it up. */
4030 1.1 skrll
4031 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4032 1.1.1.6 christos
4033 1.1.1.6 christos plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4034 1.1.1.6 christos splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
4035 1.1 skrll sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
4036 1.1 skrll srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
4037 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4038 1.1 skrll
4039 1.1 skrll /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
4040 1.1 skrll corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
4041 1.1 skrll in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
4042 1.1 skrll first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
4043 1.1 skrll plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
4044 1.1 skrll
4045 1.1 skrll /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
4046 1.1 skrll corresponds to this function. Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
4047 1.1 skrll The first three are reserved. */
4048 1.1 skrll got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
4049 1.1 skrll
4050 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
4051 1.1 skrll plt_info->symbol_entry,
4052 1.1 skrll plt_info->size);
4053 1.1 skrll
4054 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
4055 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4056 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4057 1.1 skrll + got_offset));
4058 1.1 skrll
4059 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
4060 1.1 skrll splt->contents
4061 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4062 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
4063 1.1 skrll
4064 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
4065 1.1 skrll splt->output_section->vma);
4066 1.1 skrll
4067 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
4068 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4069 1.1 skrll (splt->output_section->vma
4070 1.1 skrll + splt->output_offset
4071 1.1 skrll + h->plt.offset
4072 1.1 skrll + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
4073 1.1 skrll sgot->contents + got_offset);
4074 1.1 skrll
4075 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
4076 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4077 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4078 1.1 skrll + got_offset);
4079 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
4080 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4081 1.1 skrll loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4082 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4083 1.1 skrll
4084 1.1 skrll if (!h->def_regular)
4085 1.1 skrll {
4086 1.1 skrll /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
4087 1.1 skrll the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
4088 1.1 skrll sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
4089 1.1 skrll }
4090 1.1 skrll }
4091 1.1 skrll
4092 1.1 skrll if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
4093 1.1 skrll {
4094 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4095 1.1 skrll asection *srela;
4096 1.1 skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
4097 1.1 skrll
4098 1.1 skrll /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
4099 1.1.1.6 christos up. */
4100 1.1.1.6 christos
4101 1.1 skrll sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgot;
4102 1.1 skrll srela = elf_hash_table (info)->srelgot;
4103 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
4104 1.1 skrll
4105 1.1 skrll got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
4106 1.1 skrll
4107 1.1.1.2 christos while (got_entry != NULL)
4108 1.1.1.2 christos {
4109 1.1 skrll enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
4110 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
4111 1.1.1.2 christos
4112 1.1 skrll r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
4113 1.1 skrll got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
4114 1.1 skrll
4115 1.1 skrll /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
4116 1.1.1.2 christos locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc. Likewise if
4117 1.1 skrll the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
4118 1.1.1.4 christos The entry in the global offset table already have been
4119 1.1.1.2 christos initialized in the relocate_section function. */
4120 1.1 skrll if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4121 1.1.1.2 christos && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4122 1.1.1.2 christos {
4123 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma relocation;
4124 1.1.1.2 christos
4125 1.1.1.2 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4126 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents
4127 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset));
4128 1.1.1.2 christos
4129 1.1.1.2 christos /* Undo TP bias. */
4130 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4131 1.1.1.2 christos {
4132 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4133 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
4134 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4135 1.1.1.3 christos
4136 1.1.1.3 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4137 1.1.1.3 christos /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
4138 1.1.1.3 christos the second GOT slot. */
4139 1.1.1.3 christos relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
4140 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents
4141 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset + 4));
4142 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
4143 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4144 1.1.1.2 christos
4145 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4146 1.1.1.2 christos relocation += tpoff_base (info);
4147 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4148 1.1.1.2 christos
4149 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4150 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4151 1.1.1.2 christos }
4152 1.1.1.2 christos
4153 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
4154 1.1.1.2 christos output_bfd,
4155 1.1.1.2 christos r_type,
4156 1.1.1.2 christos sgot,
4157 1.1.1.2 christos got_entry_offset,
4158 1.1 skrll relocation,
4159 1.1 skrll srela);
4160 1.1 skrll }
4161 1.1.1.2 christos else
4162 1.1.1.2 christos {
4163 1.1.1.2 christos Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4164 1.1.1.2 christos
4165 1.1.1.2 christos /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
4166 1.1.1.2 christos at run-time. */
4167 1.1.1.2 christos {
4168 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_vma n_slots;
4169 1.1.1.2 christos
4170 1.1.1.2 christos n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
4171 1.1.1.2 christos while (n_slots--)
4172 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
4173 1.1.1.2 christos (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
4174 1.1.1.2 christos + 4 * n_slots));
4175 1.1 skrll }
4176 1.1.1.2 christos
4177 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_addend = 0;
4178 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4179 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4180 1.1.1.2 christos + got_entry_offset);
4181 1.1.1.2 christos
4182 1.1.1.2 christos switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
4183 1.1.1.2 christos {
4184 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_GOT32O:
4185 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
4186 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4187 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4188 1.1.1.2 christos
4189 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
4190 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
4191 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4192 1.1.1.2 christos
4193 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_offset += 4;
4194 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
4195 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4196 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4197 1.1.1.2 christos
4198 1.1.1.2 christos case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
4199 1.1.1.2 christos rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
4200 1.1.1.2 christos elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
4201 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4202 1.1.1.2 christos
4203 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4204 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4205 1.1.1.2 christos break;
4206 1.1 skrll }
4207 1.1 skrll }
4208 1.1 skrll
4209 1.1 skrll got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
4210 1.1 skrll }
4211 1.1 skrll }
4212 1.1 skrll
4213 1.1 skrll if (h->needs_copy)
4214 1.1 skrll {
4215 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4216 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
4217 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *loc;
4218 1.1 skrll
4219 1.1 skrll /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
4220 1.1 skrll
4221 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
4222 1.1 skrll && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4223 1.1.1.3 christos || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
4224 1.1 skrll
4225 1.1 skrll s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
4226 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4227 1.1 skrll
4228 1.1 skrll rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
4229 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
4230 1.1 skrll + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
4231 1.1 skrll rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
4232 1.1 skrll rela.r_addend = 0;
4233 1.1 skrll loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4234 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
4235 1.1 skrll }
4236 1.1 skrll
4237 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4238 1.1 skrll }
4239 1.1 skrll
4240 1.1 skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
4241 1.1.1.3 christos
4242 1.1 skrll static bfd_boolean
4243 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4244 1.1 skrll {
4245 1.1 skrll bfd *dynobj;
4246 1.1 skrll asection *sgot;
4247 1.1 skrll asection *sdyn;
4248 1.1 skrll
4249 1.1.1.6 christos dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4250 1.1 skrll
4251 1.1.1.3 christos sgot = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
4252 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4253 1.1 skrll sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
4254 1.1 skrll
4255 1.1 skrll if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
4256 1.1 skrll {
4257 1.1 skrll asection *splt;
4258 1.1.1.6 christos Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
4259 1.1 skrll
4260 1.1 skrll splt = elf_hash_table (info)->splt;
4261 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
4262 1.1 skrll
4263 1.1 skrll dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
4264 1.1 skrll dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
4265 1.1 skrll for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
4266 1.1 skrll {
4267 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
4268 1.1 skrll asection *s;
4269 1.1 skrll
4270 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
4271 1.1 skrll
4272 1.1 skrll switch (dyn.d_tag)
4273 1.1 skrll {
4274 1.1 skrll default:
4275 1.1 skrll break;
4276 1.1.1.6 christos
4277 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTGOT:
4278 1.1 skrll s = elf_hash_table (info)->sgotplt;
4279 1.1.1.6 christos goto get_vma;
4280 1.1 skrll case DT_JMPREL:
4281 1.1.1.5 christos s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
4282 1.1 skrll get_vma:
4283 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
4284 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4285 1.1 skrll break;
4286 1.1.1.6 christos
4287 1.1 skrll case DT_PLTRELSZ:
4288 1.1 skrll s = elf_hash_table (info)->srelplt;
4289 1.1 skrll dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
4290 1.1 skrll bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
4291 1.1 skrll break;
4292 1.1 skrll }
4293 1.1 skrll }
4294 1.1 skrll
4295 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
4296 1.1 skrll if (splt->size > 0)
4297 1.1 skrll {
4298 1.1 skrll const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
4299 1.1 skrll
4300 1.1 skrll plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
4301 1.1 skrll memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
4302 1.1 skrll
4303 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
4304 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4305 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4306 1.1 skrll + 4));
4307 1.1 skrll
4308 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
4309 1.1 skrll (sgot->output_section->vma
4310 1.1 skrll + sgot->output_offset
4311 1.1 skrll + 8));
4312 1.1 skrll
4313 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
4314 1.1 skrll = plt_info->size;
4315 1.1 skrll }
4316 1.1 skrll }
4317 1.1 skrll
4318 1.1 skrll /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
4319 1.1 skrll if (sgot->size > 0)
4320 1.1 skrll {
4321 1.1 skrll if (sdyn == NULL)
4322 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
4323 1.1 skrll else
4324 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
4325 1.1 skrll sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
4326 1.1 skrll sgot->contents);
4327 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
4328 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
4329 1.1 skrll }
4330 1.1 skrll
4331 1.1 skrll elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
4332 1.1 skrll
4333 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4334 1.1 skrll }
4335 1.1 skrll
4336 1.1 skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
4337 1.1 skrll relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
4338 1.1 skrll used at runtime to relocate the section. This is called by the
4339 1.1 skrll linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used. This is called
4340 1.1 skrll after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
4341 1.1 skrll objects, and before the final_link entry point is called. */
4342 1.1.1.5 christos
4343 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean
4344 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4345 1.1 skrll asection *datasec, asection *relsec,
4346 1.1 skrll char **errmsg)
4347 1.1 skrll {
4348 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4349 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
4350 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
4351 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
4352 1.1 skrll bfd_byte *p;
4353 1.1.1.4 christos bfd_size_type amt;
4354 1.1 skrll
4355 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
4356 1.1 skrll
4357 1.1 skrll *errmsg = NULL;
4358 1.1 skrll
4359 1.1 skrll if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
4360 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4361 1.1 skrll
4362 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
4363 1.1 skrll
4364 1.1.1.3 christos /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
4365 1.1 skrll internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
4366 1.1 skrll (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
4367 1.1 skrll info->keep_memory));
4368 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs == NULL)
4369 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4370 1.1 skrll
4371 1.1 skrll amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
4372 1.1 skrll relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4373 1.1 skrll if (relsec->contents == NULL)
4374 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4375 1.1 skrll
4376 1.1 skrll p = relsec->contents;
4377 1.1 skrll
4378 1.1 skrll irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
4379 1.1 skrll for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
4380 1.1 skrll {
4381 1.1 skrll asection *targetsec;
4382 1.1 skrll
4383 1.1 skrll /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
4384 1.1 skrll reloc section. The longword will be the address in the data
4385 1.1 skrll section which must be relocated. It is followed by the name
4386 1.1 skrll of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
4387 1.1 skrll characters. */
4388 1.1 skrll
4389 1.1 skrll /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time. */
4390 1.1.1.7 christos if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
4391 1.1 skrll {
4392 1.1 skrll *errmsg = _("unsupported relocation type");
4393 1.1 skrll bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4394 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4395 1.1 skrll }
4396 1.1 skrll
4397 1.1 skrll /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc. */
4398 1.1 skrll if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4399 1.1 skrll {
4400 1.1 skrll /* A local symbol. */
4401 1.1 skrll Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
4402 1.1 skrll
4403 1.1 skrll /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
4404 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4405 1.1 skrll {
4406 1.1 skrll isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4407 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4408 1.1 skrll isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
4409 1.1 skrll symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
4410 1.1 skrll NULL, NULL, NULL);
4411 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf == NULL)
4412 1.1 skrll goto error_return;
4413 1.1 skrll }
4414 1.1 skrll
4415 1.1 skrll isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
4416 1.1 skrll targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
4417 1.1 skrll }
4418 1.1 skrll else
4419 1.1 skrll {
4420 1.1 skrll unsigned long indx;
4421 1.1 skrll struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4422 1.1 skrll
4423 1.1 skrll /* An external symbol. */
4424 1.1 skrll indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4425 1.1 skrll h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
4426 1.1 skrll BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
4427 1.1 skrll if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4428 1.1 skrll || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4429 1.1 skrll targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4430 1.1 skrll else
4431 1.1 skrll targetsec = NULL;
4432 1.1 skrll }
4433 1.1 skrll
4434 1.1 skrll bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
4435 1.1 skrll memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
4436 1.1 skrll if (targetsec != NULL)
4437 1.1 skrll strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
4438 1.1 skrll }
4439 1.1 skrll
4440 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4441 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4442 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4443 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4444 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4445 1.1 skrll return TRUE;
4446 1.1 skrll
4447 1.1 skrll error_return:
4448 1.1 skrll if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
4449 1.1 skrll free (isymbuf);
4450 1.1 skrll if (internal_relocs != NULL
4451 1.1 skrll && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
4452 1.1 skrll free (internal_relocs);
4453 1.1 skrll return FALSE;
4454 1.1 skrll }
4455 1.1 skrll
4456 1.1 skrll /* Set target options. */
4457 1.1 skrll
4458 1.1 skrll void
4459 1.1 skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
4460 1.1.1.2 christos {
4461 1.1.1.2 christos struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
4462 1.1.1.2 christos bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4463 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
4464 1.1 skrll bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
4465 1.1 skrll
4466 1.1 skrll switch (got_handling)
4467 1.1 skrll {
4468 1.1.1.2 christos case 0:
4469 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=single. */
4470 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = FALSE;
4471 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
4472 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4473 1.1 skrll break;
4474 1.1 skrll
4475 1.1.1.2 christos case 1:
4476 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=negative. */
4477 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4478 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4479 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
4480 1.1 skrll break;
4481 1.1 skrll
4482 1.1.1.2 christos case 2:
4483 1.1.1.2 christos /* --got=multigot. */
4484 1.1.1.2 christos local_gp_p = TRUE;
4485 1.1 skrll use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
4486 1.1 skrll allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
4487 1.1 skrll break;
4488 1.1 skrll
4489 1.1.1.2 christos default:
4490 1.1.1.2 christos BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
4491 1.1.1.2 christos return;
4492 1.1.1.2 christos }
4493 1.1.1.2 christos
4494 1.1.1.2 christos htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
4495 1.1.1.2 christos if (htab != NULL)
4496 1.1.1.2 christos {
4497 1.1.1.2 christos htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
4498 1.1 skrll htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
4499 1.1 skrll htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
4500 1.1 skrll }
4501 1.1 skrll }
4502 1.1.1.4 christos
4503 1.1.1.4 christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
4504 1.1.1.4 christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4505 1.1 skrll const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4506 1.1 skrll const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
4507 1.1 skrll {
4508 1.1 skrll switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
4509 1.1 skrll {
4510 1.1 skrll case R_68K_RELATIVE:
4511 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_relative;
4512 1.1 skrll case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
4513 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_plt;
4514 1.1 skrll case R_68K_COPY:
4515 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_copy;
4516 1.1 skrll default:
4517 1.1 skrll return reloc_class_normal;
4518 1.1 skrll }
4519 1.1 skrll }
4520 1.1 skrll
4521 1.1 skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
4522 1.1 skrll or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
4523 1.1 skrll
4524 1.1 skrll static bfd_vma
4525 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
4526 1.1 skrll const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4527 1.1 skrll {
4528 1.1 skrll return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
4529 1.1.1.3 christos }
4530 1.1.1.3 christos
4531 1.1.1.3 christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
4532 1.1.1.3 christos
4533 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4534 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4535 1.1.1.3 christos {
4536 1.1.1.3 christos int offset;
4537 1.1.1.3 christos size_t size;
4538 1.1.1.3 christos
4539 1.1.1.3 christos switch (note->descsz)
4540 1.1.1.3 christos {
4541 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4542 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
4543 1.1.1.3 christos
4544 1.1.1.4 christos case 154: /* Linux/m68k */
4545 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_cursig */
4546 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4547 1.1.1.4 christos
4548 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_pid */
4549 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
4550 1.1.1.3 christos
4551 1.1.1.3 christos /* pr_reg */
4552 1.1.1.3 christos offset = 70;
4553 1.1.1.3 christos size = 80;
4554 1.1.1.3 christos
4555 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4556 1.1.1.3 christos }
4557 1.1.1.3 christos
4558 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
4559 1.1.1.3 christos return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
4560 1.1.1.3 christos size, note->descpos + offset);
4561 1.1.1.3 christos }
4562 1.1.1.3 christos
4563 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean
4564 1.1.1.3 christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
4565 1.1.1.3 christos {
4566 1.1.1.3 christos switch (note->descsz)
4567 1.1.1.3 christos {
4568 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4569 1.1.1.3 christos return FALSE;
4570 1.1.1.4 christos
4571 1.1.1.3 christos case 124: /* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo. */
4572 1.1.1.4 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
4573 1.1.1.3 christos = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
4574 1.1.1.4 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
4575 1.1.1.3 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
4576 1.1.1.3 christos elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
4577 1.1.1.3 christos = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
4578 1.1.1.3 christos }
4579 1.1.1.3 christos
4580 1.1.1.3 christos /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
4581 1.1.1.3 christos onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
4582 1.1.1.4 christos implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
4583 1.1.1.3 christos {
4584 1.1.1.3 christos char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
4585 1.1.1.3 christos int n = strlen (command);
4586 1.1.1.3 christos
4587 1.1.1.3 christos if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
4588 1.1.1.3 christos command[n - 1] = '\0';
4589 1.1.1.3 christos }
4590 1.1.1.3 christos
4591 1.1.1.3 christos return TRUE;
4592 1.1.1.4 christos }
4593 1.1 skrll
4594 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM m68k_elf32_vec
4595 1.1 skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-m68k"
4596 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_68K
4597 1.1 skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x2000
4598 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
4599 1.1 skrll _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
4600 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
4601 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
4602 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link bfd_elf_final_link
4603 1.1 skrll
4604 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_m68k_check_relocs
4605 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
4606 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections
4607 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
4608 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
4609 1.1.1.2 christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
4610 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
4611 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_m68k_final_write_processing
4612 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
4613 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_m68k_relocate_section
4614 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
4615 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
4616 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
4617 1.1 skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
4618 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
4619 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
4620 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
4621 1.1.1.6 christos elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
4622 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
4623 1.1.1.6 christos elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
4624 1.1 skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
4625 1.1 skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
4626 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
4627 1.1.1.3 christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
4628 1.1.1.3 christos #define elf_backend_object_p elf32_m68k_object_p
4629 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
4630 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
4631 1.1 skrll
4632 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
4633 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
4634 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
4635 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
4636 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
4637 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
4638 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
4639 1.1.1.6 christos #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
4640 1.1 skrll
4641 1.1 skrll #define elf_backend_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 TRUE
4642
4643 #include "elf32-target.h"
4644